Skip to main content

Full text of "California fish and game"

See other formats


CALIFORNIA 
FISH-GAME 

I      "CONSERVATION  OF  WILDLIFE  THROUGH  EDUCATION" 


California  Fish  and  Game  is  a  journal  devoted  to  the  conser- 
vation of  wildlife.  If  its  contents  are  reproduced  elsewhere,  the 
authors  and  the  California  Department  of  Fish  and  Game  would 
appreciate  being  acknowledged. 

The  free  mailing  list  is  limited  by  budgetary  considerations  to 
persons  who  can  make  professional  use  of  the  material  and  to 
libraries,  scientific  institutions,  and  conservation  agencies.  Indi- 
viduals must  state  their  affiliation  and  position  when  submitting 
their  applications.  Subscriptions  must  be  renewed  annually  by 
returning  the  postcard  enclosed  with  each  October  issue.  Sub- 
scribers are  asked  to  report  changes  in  address  without  delay. 

Please  direct  correspondence,  except  regarding  paid  subscrip- 
tions, to: 

CAROL  M.  FERREL,  Editor 
California  Fish  and  Game 
987  Jedsmfth  Drive 
Sacramento,  California  95819 

Individuals  and  organizations  who  do  not  qualify  for  the  free 
mailing  list  may  subscribe  at  a  rate  of  $2  per  year  or  obtain 
individual  issues  for  $0.75  per  copy  by  placing  their  orders  with 
the  Office  of  Procurement,  Documents  Section,  P.O.  Box  20191, 
Sacramento,  California  95820.  Money  orders  or  checks  should 
be  made  out  to  Office  of  Procurement,  Documents  Section.  In- 
quiries regarding  paid  subscriptions  should  be  directed  to  the 
Office  of  Procurement. 


u 


0 


VOLUME  58 


OCTOBER   1972 


NUMBER  4 


Published  Quarterly  by 

STATE  OF  CALIFORNIA 

THE  RESOURCES  AGENCY 

DEPARTMENT  OF  FISH  AND  GAME 


STATE  OF  CALIFORNIA 

RONALD   REAGAN,   Governor 


THE  RESOURCES  AGENCY 

NORMAN    B.   LIVERMORE,   JR.,  Secretary  for  Resources 


FISH  AND  GAME  COMMISSION 

JOSEPH  RUSS  III,  President,  Ferndale 

SHERMAN  CHICKERING,  Vice  President  PETER  T.  FLETCHER,  Member 

San  Francisco  Rancho  Santa  Fe 

C.  RANS  PEARMAN,  Member  TIMOTHY  M.  DOHENY,  Member 

San  Gabriel  Los  Angeles 


DEPARTMENT  OF  FISH  AND  GAME 

G.   RAY  ARNETT,  Director 

1416  9th  Street 
Sacramento  95814 


CALIFORNIA   FISH  AND  GAME 
Editorial  Staff 

CAROL   M.   FERREL,   Editor-in-Chief - Sacramento 

KENNETH   A.    HASHAGEN,    Editor   for    Inland    Fisheries Sacramento 

MERTON    N.   ROSEN,    Editor   for   Wildlife   Sacramento 

ROBSON   COLLINS,   Editor   for  Marine   Resources Long    Beach 

DONALD   H.   FRY,  JR.,  Editor  for  Salmon   and   Steelhead Sacramento 

HAROLD   K.  CHADWICK,   Editor  for   Striped    Bass,   Sturgeon,   and    Shad ..Stockton 


(  252  ) 


CONTENTS 

Page 
Primary  Productivity  in  a  New  and  an  Older  California 

Reservoir Lawrence  L.  Chamberlain     254 

A  Midwater  Trawl  for  Threadfin  Shad,  Dorosoma  pentenense 

C.  E.  von  Geldern,  Jr.     268 

Morphology    and    Variation   of   the    Modoc    Sucker,    Catostonvus 
micro  ps  Rutter,  with  Notes  on  Feeding  Adaptions 

Michael  Martin     277 

Contributions  to  the  Life  History  of  the  Piute  Sculpin  in  Sagehen 

Creek,  California Albert  C.  Jones     285 

The  Effects  of  Diesel  Fuel  on  a  Stream  Fauna_.    _#.  Bruce  Burn     291 

A  Subpopulation  Study  of  the  Pacific  Sardine— Kenneth  F.  Mais     296 

Check  List  of  Intertidal  Fishes  of  Trinidad  Bay,  California,  and 

Adjacent  Areas  John   B.  Moving     315 

Not<  s 

Two  New  Sea  Urchin — Acorn  Barnacle  Associations 

James  L.  Ilouk  and  J  oh  n  M.  Duffy     321 

New  Hosts  and  Bathymetric  Range  Extension  for   Colobomatus 

embiotocae  (Crustacea,  Copepoda) Ernest  W.  Iverson     323 

Southern    Range    Extension    for    the   Yellowfin    Goby,    Acantho- 
gobius  flavimanus  (Temminck  and  Schlegel) 

Gary  E.  Kukowski     326 

California  Condor  Survey,  1971 W.  Dean  Carrier, 

Robert  D.  Mallette,  Sanford  Wilbur,  and  John  C.  Bornemau     327 

Book  Reviews 329 

Index  to  Volume  58 333 


(  253  ) 
2—83609 


Calif.  Fish  ,nnl  Game,  58(4)  :  254-267.     1D7L'. 


PRIMARY  PRODUCTIVITY  IN  A  NEW  AND  AN 
OLDER  CALIFORNIA  RESERVOIR1 

LAWRENCE   L.  CHAMBERLAIN 

Inland  Fisheries  Branch 

California  Department  of  Fish  and  Game 

The  sport  fishery  in  new  reservoirs  often  reaches  a  peak  and  then 
undergoes  a  marked  decline  a  few  years  following  impoundment.  One 
theory  attributes  such  declines  to  diminishing  basic  fertility.  To  test  this 
theory,  primary  productivity  in  a  new  reservoir  was  measured  by  the 
C  "  method  for  4  years.  An  older  reservoir  served  as  a  control.  High 
initial  rates  of  carbon  fixation  in  the  new  reservoir,  attributed  to  flood- 
ing of  organic  material,  were  transitory.  Subsequent  patterns  of  primary 
productivity  were  similar  in  the  two  waters.  Increases  in  primary  pro- 
ductivity in  both  reservoirs  were  associated  with  establishment  of 
planktivorous  fish  populations  and  demonstrated  that  declining  primary 
productivity  is  not   an   inevitable  result  of  initial   reservoir  aging. 

INTRODUCTION 

Since  the  1930  's,  fisheries  workers  have  become  increasingly  aware 
that  after  an  initial  period  of  good  fishing  in  new  impoundments,  yield 
to  the  angler  and  the  overall  production  of  game  fish  tend  to  decline, 
often  dramatically.  Although  there  is  considerable  variation  among 
such  waters,  it  appears  that  the  long  term  yield  of  many  reservoirs  is 
half  or  less  of  that  enjoyed  during  the  first  few  years  following  im- 
poundment (Abell  and  Fisher  1953;  Kimsey  1958;  Jenkins  1961). 
Among  hypotheses  advanced  to  explain  this  phenomenon,  major  em- 
phasis has  been  accorded  those  which  maintain  either  (i)  that  changes 
in  fish  population  structures  are  responsible  for  such  declines  (Bennett 
1947)  or  (ii)  that  these  declines  reflect  diminishing  basic  fertility  in 
the  reservoir  (Ellis  1937).  As  yet  there  is  insufficient  evidence  to  deter- 
mine whether  either  theory  might  fully  explain  these  fishery  declines, 
but  clearly  a  better  knowledge  of  those  factors  most  important  in  de- 
termining ultimate  fish  yields  of  our  freshwater  reservoirs  is  essential 
to  the  development  of  sound  management  programs. 

The  completion  in  late  1964  of  Merle  Collins  Keservoir  in  the  foot- 
hills of  the  Sierra  Nevada  northeast  of  Marysville,  California,  provided 
an  opportunity  to  study  various  aspects  of  initial  aging  in  a  reservoir. 
To  gather  information  on  changes  in  primary  productivity  which  might 
influence  fish  yields,  C14  measurements  were  begun  in  June  1964  on 
the  partial  pool  forming  at  the  reservoir  and  continued  through  De- 
cember 3968.  In  order  to  provide  a  comparative  baseline  to  aid  in  the 
interpretation  of  test  results  from  Merle  Collins,  limnological  studies 
were  also  conducted  from  August  1964  through  June  1967  on  Folsom 
Lake,  a  large  foothill  reservoir  formed  in  1955  by  the  impoundment 
of  the  American  Eiver  near  Sacramento.  Concurrent  studies  were  un- 


1  Accepted  for  publication  June  1972.  This  work  was  performed  as  part  of  Dingell- 
Johnson  Project  California  F-18-R,  "Experimental  Reservoir  Management",  sup- 
ported by  Federal  Aid  to  Fish  Restoration  Funds. 

(  254  ) 


PRIMARY  PRODUCTIVITY 


255 


dertaken  at  Merle  Collins  to  define  changes  in  the  fish  populations 
(K.  A.  Hashagen,  Calif.  Dep.  Fish  and  Game,  MS),  and  to  describe 
various  aspects  of  the  fishery  (Rawstron  and  Hashagen  1972). 

STUDY  RESERVOIRS 

Inherent  in  the  experimental  design  of  this  study  was  the  assumption 
that  the  similarity  of  the  two  reservoirs  in  respects  other  than  age  and 
size  (Table  1)  would  allow  a  meaningful  comparison  of  primary  pro- 
ductivity in  each  water.  However,  there  are  also  differences  in  the 
operating  schedules  of  these  two  reservoirs. 


TABLE   1 — Comparison  of  Some  Characteristics  of  Folsom  Lake  and 
Merle  Collins  Reservoir,  California  * 


Location 

Surface  elevation;  m  above  m.s.l 

Surface  area;  ha 

Capacity  ;m3 

Maximum  depth;  m 

Observed  annual  fluctuation  in  surface  elevation;  m 

Maximum 

Minimum 

Observed  surface  temperature  range;  C 

Observed  pH  range 

Observed  total  alkalinity  range;  mg  XI"1  CaC03-. 

Observed  range,  Secchi  transparency;  m 

Flushing  ratet 


Folsom 

Merle  Collins 

lat38°42'  N 
long  121°  9'  W 

lat  39°  20'  N 
long  121°  19'  W 

142.0 

360.6 

4,633 

401 

1,246.3  X  106 

70.3  X  106 

79.3 

47.2 

16.2  (1964) 
11.6  (1966) 

14.3  (1966) 
9.5  (1968) 

7.8-28.3 

6.1-28.6 

6.2-8.1 

6.2-8.5 

11-32 

15-52 

0.27-7.92 

0.19-6.25 

2.59 

1.18 

*  Data  at  reservoir  gross  stage,  where  applicable. 

f  Flushing  rate  =  mean  annual  discharge  -5-  capacity. 

Folsom  Lake  is  a  large  multipurpose  reservoir,  operated  principally 
for  flood  control  but  also  to  provide  water  for  irrigation,  domestic,  mu- 
nicipal, industrial,  and  power  production  purposes,  as  well  as  to  con- 
tribute to  water  quality  control  in  the  Sacramento-San  Joaquin  Delta. 
Releases  are  made  through  adjustable  louver  outlets  which  draw  water 
from  the  upper  hypolimnion  or  metalimnion  (Rawstron  1964).  Merle 
Collins  Reservoir  is  a  single-purpose  impoundment  designed  to  provide 
storage  for  irrigation  water  for  the  Browns  Valley  Irrigation  District. 
A  single-level  outlet  structure  draws  water  from  near  the  deepest  part 
of  the  hypolimnion. 

Both  reservoirs  are  drawn  down  through  the  summer  and  minimum 
surface  elevations  occur  in  fall  or  early  winter.  Over  half  of  the  precipi- 
tation in  central  California  occurs  from  December  through  February 
and  produces  substantially  increased  inflow  during  this  period.  High 
flows  into  Folsom  generally  persist  into  late  spring,  due  to  snowmelt. 
Relatively  little  snowfall  occurs  in  the  Merle  Collins  drainage. 


256 


CALIFORNIA    PISH    AND  GAME 


Langleys  x  min 


o 

o 

CD 


o 

o 

o 

o 

<* 

CM 

CD 


o 
o 


o 
o 

CO 


-tr 


o 

CD 

TJ 

a 

0) 
O 

E 

> 

o 

c 

z 

o 

0 

-5 

o 

,_ 

J_ 

o 

a    d 

O 

o    o 

T3   "D 

HI 

CL 

^-^    </> 

<D 

*/i    _Q 

CO 

41     O 

c 

o> 

o  5 

3 

31  J: 

< 

•-     0 

C    r 

"5    E 



^    o 

3 

o  — 

-3 

o 

u_ 

2-v 

0     c 

*■    0 

C 

0      > 

3 

C      £ 

-D 

^~ 

01 

o  .£ 

>> 

£~5 

O 

2 

u 

§■* 

k. 

C     0 

CL 

o  ,-. 

< 

Q      on 
U    — 

UJ 

^ 

c  "D 
o  — 

< 

L» 

_l 

D 

£  — 

^ 

c 

S 

o 

c 

CO 

^~ 

0 

_l 

o 

o 

_CI 

i_ 

Ll 

l 

> 

c 

D 
~3 


o 
ai 
to 


13 

o 


o 

ro 


O 
CVJ 


o 


o 


o 

ro 


O 

CM 


o 


O 


L00DQ.  I  x  6tu  '     Adp  X     UJ  x  Q  6uj 


PRIMARY   PRODUCTIVITY 


257 


FIGURE    2.    Typical     Merle     Collins     Reservoir     annual     isotherms     and     Secchi     depths     (•)     from 
1966  observations. 


Jan  Feb       '    Mar      T    Ap 


1966 


FIGURE  3.  Typical  Folsom  Lake  annual  isotherms  and  Secchi  depths  (•)  from  1966  observations. 

Merle  Collins  is  allowed  to  fill  during  the  winter  and  uncontrolled 
surface  spill  generally  occurs  by  early  February  and  may  persist 
through  May.  Depending  on  predicted  runoff  from  snow  accumulations 
at  high  elevations,  up  to  493.4  X  10°  m3,  or  nearly  half  of  the  total 

3— 83009 


258  CALIFORNIA   FISH   AND   GAME 

capacity  of  Folsorn,  may  be  reserved  for  control  of  flood  flows  through 
Late  fall  and  winter.  Maximum  surface  levels  generally  occur  in  June. 
Despite  these  differences,  the  total  alkalinity,  pH.  DO,  and  temperature 
regimes  of  the  reservoirs  are  quite  similar  (Table  1,  Figures  1,  2, 
and  3). 

METHODS  AND  MATERIALS 

Primary  productivity  was  measured  by  the  C14  method  of  Steemann- 
Nielsen  (1952)  as  modified  by  Goldman  (1960,  1963).  To  allow  for  iso- 
tope discrimination,  a  correction  factor  of  6',  was  applied  in  the  cal- 
culations. 

Primary  productivity  was  usually  sampled  two  to  five  times  each 
month  while  the  reservoirs  were  thermally  stratified  and  once  monthly 
during  the  whiter.  A  permanent  sampling  station  near  the  deepest  point 
in  each  reservoir  was  marked  by  an  anchored  buoy  from  which  samples 
were  suspended.  Based  on  Secchi  transparencies  observed  at  the  start 
of  the  study,  eight  sampling  strata  were  chosen  at  fixed  depths  to  15  m 
in  Merle  Collins  and  to  30  m  in  Folsom.  Dark  bottles  were  included  at 
the  upper,  lower,  and  two  intermediate  depths  to  provide  a  correction 
for  nonphotosynthetic  carbon  uptake.  This  sampling  regime  proved 
adequate  to  include  the  maximum  compensation  depth  in  each  reser- 
voir. AYater  samples  were  collected  from  the  appropriate  depths  with 
a  3-liter,  non-metallic  Van  Dorn  bottle  and  transferred  to  125-ml  glass- 
stoppered  Pyrex  bottles.  Each  sample  was  injected  with  0.5  ml  of  radio- 
active sodium  carbonate  tracer  solution  by  means  of  an  automatic  hypo- 
dermic syringe,  and  then  suspended  at  the  depth  from  which  that  sam- 
ple had  been  drawn.  Incubation  was  for  the  4-hr  period  spanning  local 
mid-day  and  except  during  actual  handling  for  injection  or  filtration, 
samples  were  kept  and  transported  in  a  lightproof  box.  fSamples  were 
filtered  in  simultaneous  series  of  four  on  a  plexiglass  multiple  filtration 
manifold  produced  by  Min  Plastics  &  Supply  Center,  Honolulu,  Ha- 
waii. A  filtration  vacuum  of  10-15  inches  Hg  allowed  an  entire  set  of  12 
samples  to  be  filtered  in  approximately  15-21)  min.  The  filtration  funnels 
were  treated  with  Desicote  (Beckman  Instruments,  Inc.),  which  effec- 
tively prevented  adherence  of  sample  material  to  the  funnel  sides  (C.  R. 
Goldman,  Univ.  Calif.,  Davis,  pers.  comm.).  Early  in  the  study  50-ml 
sub-samples  were  filtered  on  25-nmi  HA  Alillipore  filters  (porosity  0.45 
±  0.02  microns),  but  in  later  experiments  the  entire  125-ml  sample  was 
filtered  to  increase  total  activity  of  the  filtered  samples  and  reduce 
counting  errors. 

During  the  first  year  of  the  study  a  tracer  solution  with  an  absolute 
activity  of  2.30  microcuries  per  milliliter  (\ic/ml),  obtained  from  Hazel- 
ton-Xuclear  Science  Corp.,  Palo  Alto,  California,  in  100-ml  rubber- 
stoppered  serum  bottles,  was  used  at  both  reservoirs.  Beginning  in  July 
1965,  a  more  active  tracer  solution  was  used.  This  solution,  with  an 
absolute  activity  of  3.58  ue/ml,  was  prepared  in  a  single  large  lot  by 
C.  R.  Goldman  and  sealed  in  individual,  10-ml  sterile  glass  ampules. 
The  higher  activity  decreased  sample  counting  time;  the  packaging  in 
individual  sealed  sterile  containers  insured  against  possible  contamina- 
tion and  loss  of  radioactivity. 

AYater  samples  for  both  total  alkalinity  and  primary  productivity 
measurements  were  drawn  from  the  same  3-liter  sample  and  available 


PRIMARY   PRODUCTIVITY 


259 


carbon  was  determined  from  total  alkalinity  using  the  conversion  table 
of  Saunders,  Trama,  and  Bachmann  (1962).  Ancillary  limnological 
data,  such  as  Secchi  transparency  and  vertical  profiles  of  temperature 
and  dissolved  oxygen,  were  collected  during  the  primary  productivity 
sample  incubation  period.  Solar  radiation  was  measured  at  each  reser- 
voir on  sampling  days  with  a  recording  pyrheliograph  (Belfort  53850), 
and  the  ratio  of  daily  insolation  to  the  4-hr  sample  period  insolation 
was  used  to  expand  partial  photoperiod  results  to  full-day  photosyn- 
thesis. 

Sample  activity  was  measured  by  the  staff  of  C.  R.  Goldman  using  an 
automatic  gas-flow  Geiger-Muller  counter  with  a  Micromil  window.  A 
standard  sample  of  known  activity  was  routinely  counted  with  each  set 
of  experimental  samples  and  the  counting  efficiency  of  this  equipment 
was  periodically  calibrated  by  gas-phase  assay  of  representative  filters 
following  a  Van  Slyke  wet  combustion  of  the  labeled  algae  to  C02.  The 
resultant  values  were  compared  with  gas-phase  assays  of  National 
Bureau  of  Standards  samples  (Goldman  1968a). 

RESULTS  AND  DISCUSSION 

The  carbon  assimilation  rates  observed  from  sampling  the  partial  pool 
at  Merle  Collins  in  1964  were  not  only  quite  variable  but  reached  levels 
over  three  and  a  half  times  the  rates  observed  during  the  remainder  of 
the  study.  Although  experimental  error  may  sometimes  be  related  to 
the  familiarity  of  field  personnel  with  C14  sampling  procedures  (Gold- 
man and  Carter  1965),  the  relatively  uniform  results  obtained  at  Fol- 
som  by  the  same  field  crews  during  this  period  indicate  that  experience 
was  not  an  important  consideration  in  this  instance  (Table  2). 

TABLE  2 — Primary  Productivity  in  the  Partial  Pool  at  Merle  Collins 
Reservoir  and  in  Folsom  Lake  During  1964 


Merle  Collins 

Folsom 

Date 

mgC-m  3-day   ' 

Date 

mgC-m  3-day  ' 

June  16 

56.44 
14S.71 
51.30 
29.34 
9.67 
41.57 
25.97 

Aug.  21 

3.88 

Julv  20 _    . 

Sept.  8 

5.14 

Aug.  4 

Oct.  24 

2.77 

Aug.  17 -    -    -.- 

Dee.  12 

5.84 

Sept.  l._      

Oct.  14    

Nov.  23        

Before  inundation,  the  basin  of  Merle  Collins  Reservoir  consisted 
largely  of  grazing  land  interspersed  with  brush.  Even  though  most  of 
the  brush  was  removed  before  basin  flooding,  the  substantial  amount  of 
organic  debris  remaining  undoubtedly  contributed  a  fertilizing  effect. 
It  is  also  possible  that,  in  the  early  stages  of  reservoir  formation,  the 


260 


CALIFORNIA    FISH   AND  GAAIE 


succession  from  lot  it-  to  lentic  plankters  was  reflected  by  these  marked 
changes  in  primary  productivity.  During  this  period,  the  partial  pool 
contained  about  185  x  104  m3  and  covered  about  182  ha.  Runoff  from 
heavy  precipitation  in  late  November  1!>(>4  resulted  in  the  rapid  filling 
of  Merle  Collins  Reservoir.  Thereafter,  such  extreme  and  erratic  fluc- 
tuations in  primary  productivity  were  not  observed  and  photosynthetic 
rates  in  the  two  reservoirs  were  similar  (Table  3). 


TABLE   3 — Mean  Annual  Carbon  Assimilation  in  mgC  •  m 
(Range  of  Monthly  Means  in  Parentheses) 


day  ] 


}  ear 

Merle  Collins 

Folsom 

I'.Mi  I 

53.78 
(9.67-148.71) 

4.28 

(2.77-5.84) 

1965 

10.98 
(5.68-16.92) 

9.44 

(3.63-16.04) 

L966 

13.43 
(1.51-28.08) 

15.32 

(4.88-23.84) 

I967t 

19.66 
(3.56-32.29) 

16.35 

(8.25-33.04) 

1968...- 

25.52 

(6.33-38.90) 

*  Partial  year  results. 

f  Folsom  experiments  terminated  in  June. 


Expansion  of  the  4-hr  mid-day  results  by  the  ratio  of  daily  insola- 
tion to  4-hr  mid-day  insolation  gave  an  underestimate  of  about  8% 
when  compared  to  the  total  observed  carbon  uptake  during  a  diurnal 
experiment  (Figure  4),  which  consisted  of  a  series  of  4-hr  experiments 


E  — 


0400 


40 

- 

Carbon  Assimilation 

,^--*— ^"~X 

/s 

^^  ^ 

// 

// 

\      N 

30 

// 

\       \ 
\        \ 
X         N 
\         \ 

- 

\          \ 

// 

\         \ 

// 

\         \ 

// 

\        \ 

// 

\       \ 

// 

\        \ 

20 

// 
/  / 
// 
// 
// 
// 
// 
// 
// 

\        \ 
\       \ 
\        \ 
\       \ 
\       \ 
\      \ 
\      \ 
\     \ 
\      \ 

"" 

10 

i' 

// 
// 

\   \ 
\  \ 
\\ 
\\ 

Nx 

s 

- 

080  3 


i  200 

HOURS- PST 


-   I  2 


-  I  0 


O8.0 


-I 


-        I 


-  0.2 


•   .  _■ 


?000 


FIGURE   4.    Net  primary  productivity  and    incident  solar   radiation  during   a   diurnal   experiment 
at  Merle  Collins  Reservoir,  June  21,  1967. 


PRIMARY  PRODUCTIVITY  261 

spanning  the  period  from  dawn  to  dusk.  The  use  of  this  expansion 
to  obtain  day-rate  estimates  throughout  the  study  appeared  to  be  a 
reasonable  expedient  since  the  introduced  error  probably  remained 
small  (Vollenweider  1965 ;  Wetzel  1965) .  Seasonal  variation  in  primary 
productivity  could  not,  however,  be  predicted  from  insolation,  total 
alkalinity,  or  a  combination  of  the  two  (Figure  1). 

Although  volumetric  rates  of  carbon  fixation  were  generally  similar 
in  Merle  Collins  and  Folsom,  except  in  1964  (Table  3),  the  mean  com- 
pensation depth  in  Folsom  was  15.3  m,  with  a  range  of  8.0  to  30.0, 
while  the  mean  compensation  depth  in  Merle  Collins  was  6.1  m,  with  a 
range  of  2.0  to  13.7,  reflecting  the  greater  transparency  of  Folsom 
Lake  (Figures  2  and  3).  Because  of  this  consistently  thicker  euphotic 
zone,  Folsom  was  actually  the  more  productive  water. 

To  properly  account  for  such  variations  in  euphotic  depth,  compari- 
sons of  primary  productivity  are  more  meaningful  when  results  are 
expressed  in  terms  of  unit  area.  For  the  reasons  outlined  below,  my 
comparisons  between  primary  productivity  in  Merle  Collins  Reservoir 
and  Folsom  Lake  (Figure  5)  represent  integral  photosynthesis  at  the 
sampling  sites  rather  than  mean  primary  productivity  per  unit  area. 

It  is  well  established  that  photosynthesis  may  vary  considerably  in 
different  parts  of  large  lakes  and  that  such  variation  can  be  largely 
influenced  by  the  contributions  of  tributary  inflow  (Sorokin  1959; 
Goldman  1960;  Goldman  and  Wetzel  1963;  Goldman  and  Carter  1965). 
Rawstron  (1964)  found  that  limnological  conditions  in  Folsom  Lake 
were  well  represented  by  conditions  measured  at  the  same  sampling 
location  as  that  used  in  this  study.  Observations  of  transparency  and  of 
vertical  profiles  of  temperature  and  dissolved  oxygen  at  various  loca- 
tions in  Merle  Collins  indicated  that  the  sampling  location  used  there 
during  this  study  was  also  representative  of  conditions  in  the  reser- 
voir as  a  whole.  However,  both  sampling  sites  are  near  that  end  of  each 
reservoir  farthest  from  major  tributary  inflow  and  therefore  at  a 
location  least  representative  of  overall  limnological  conditions  during 
periods  of  high  inflow.  Since  patterns  of  high  inflow  do  not  coincide 
exactly  in  the  two  reservoirs,  results  obtained  at  these  sampling  stations 
are  not  always  comparably  representative  of  average  limnological 
conditions. 

In  a  fluctuating  reservoir,  not  only  does  the  volume  of  the  euphotic 
zone  vary  with  changes  in  compensation  depth,  but  also  the  relation- 
ship between  euphotic  zone  volume  and  compensation  depth  varies  with 
changes  in  surface  elevation.  Surface  area  also  changes  at  a  variable 
rate  with  respect  to  elevation.  The  method  outlined  by  Rupp  and 
DeRoche  (1965)  in  describing  the  primary  productivity  of  three  small 
Maine  lakes  is  therefore  particularly  appropriate  for  use  with  fluctuat- 
ing reservoirs.  This  method  divides  the  euphotic  zone  into  strata  and 
the  mean  volumetric  rate  of  carbon  assimilation  in  each  stratum  is 
multiplied  by  the  volume  of  that  stratum.  The  products  are  summed 
and  division  by  total  surface  area  yields  the  desired  estimate  of  mean 
productivity  per  unit  area.  In  large  reservoirs  particularly,  synoptic 
sampling  of  both  off-  and  onshore  areas  should  be  included. 


262 


I    M.IFOKXIA    FISH   AND   GAME 


600 


' 


400 


1964 


FOLSOM    LAKE 

MERLE   COLLINS   RESERVOIR 


t 

616 


; 


- 


1965 


soc 


E     100 


E        0 


-966 


: :  - 


1967 


300 


968 


juTT 


Sep* 


Oct  Nov  Dec 


FIGURE   5.    Net    primary     productivity    and     distribution     of     sampling     effort    for    all     years    in 
Merle  Collins  Reservoir  and  Folsom  Lake. 


PRIMARY   PRODUCTIVITY  263 

There  are  no  records  of  elevations  for  Merle  Collins  Reservoir  before 
mid-April  1966 ;  therefore,  the  volumes  of  the  sampling  strata  cannot 
be  determined  before  that  time.  In  August,  September  and  October 
1964,  compensation  depth  exceeded  mean  depth  in  Folsom  by  as  much  as 
5  m,  or  nearly  20%  of  the  compensation  depth  at  that  time.  In  August 
and  September  1966,  compensation  depth  exceeded  mean  depth  in 
Merle  Collins  by  as  much  as  1.2  m,  or  about  9%  of  the  compensation 
depth.  Again,  the  lack  of  surface  elevation  records  for  Merle  Collins 
prevents  the  correction  suggested  by  Goldman  (1960),  of  substituting 
mean  depth  for  compensation  depth  when  the  average  surface  area 
productivity  is  limited  by  mean  depth. 

While  estimates  of  mean  areal  productivity  are  desirable  because 
they  allow  calculation  of  net  annual  production,  integral  photosyn- 
thesis is  suitable  for  the  descriptive  comparisons  of  this  study.  From 
these  comparisons  it  is  evident  that  not  only  did  the  primary  produc- 
tivity in  Merle  Collins  Reservoir  not  decline,  but  both  reservoirs  ex- 
hibited an  increase  in  primary  productivity  over  the  course  of  the 
investigation.  The  patterns  of  increase,  however,  were  dissimilar. 

It  appears  that  Folsom  Lake  experienced  a  substantial  increase  in 
primary  productivity  each  year  at  least  through  1966,  and  partial  year 
results  indicated  no  major  departure  from  that  trend  in  1967.  Merle 
Collins  Reservoir,  in  contrast,  after  demonstrating  a  high  degree  of 
variability  during  the  initial  stages  of  impoundment,  exhibited  the  first 
persistent  increase  in  net  carbon  fixation  during  the  late  summer  and 
fall  of  1966.  Primary  productivity  in  Merle  Collins  increased  noticeably 
during  1967  relative  to  the  two  previous  years  and,  although  data  are 
lacking  for  the  fall  of  1968,  it  is  apparent  that  a  dramatic  increase  in 
primary  productivity  occurred  in  that  year,  particularly  during  mid- 
summer. No  relationships  were  apparent  between  these  patterns  of  pri- 
mary productivity  and  any  combination  of  elimatological  and/or  water 
withdrawal  variables. 

The  increase  in  primary  productivity  in  Merle  Collins  in  1966  seems 
to  have  been  initiated  by  a  single,  unusual  event.  The  structural  failure 
of  part  of  the  dam  forming  Lake  Mildred,  a  small  (ca.  32  ha),  pri- 
vately owned  recreational  reservoir  located  about  3  km  upstream  from 
Merle  Collins,  allowed  the  entire  contents  of  the  smaller  impoundment 
to  be  discharged  down  the  stream  channel  into  Merle  Collins  in  the 
late  summer  of  1966.  A  noticeable  increase  in  turbidity,  which  persisted 
for  several  days  in  Merle  Collins  Reservoir,  gave  evidence  of  the  con- 
siderable amount  of  bottom  sediment  which  accompanied  this  discharge. 
Since  the  C14  technique  is  sufficiently  sensitive  to  detect  photosynthetic 
response  to  nutrient  additions  even  below  the  level  of  ordinary  chemical 
detectability.  it  is  probable  that  the  increase  in  primary  productivity 
noted  in  1966  was  in  response  to  nutrients  contained  in  these  sediments. 
The  increases  in  Merle  Collins  in  1967  and  1968,  and  the  trend  of  in- 
creasing primary  productivity  in  Folsom,  seem  to  be  associated  only 
with  the  establishment  in  each  reservoir  of  planktivorous  fish  species. 

Novotna  and  Korinek  (1966)  noted  quantitative  differences  in  the 
phytoplankton  of  two  backwaters  of  the  River  Elbe.  In  a  backwater 
with  fHi.  tlie  phytoplankton  was  more  abundant  than  in  one  without 
fish.  More  recently,  Hurlbert,  Zedler,  and  Fairbanks    (1972)    demon- 


26  \  CALIFORNIA    FISH    AND   GAME 

strated  thai  phytoplankton  became  extremely  abundant  after  reduction 
of  the  zooplankton  by  mosquitofish  (Gambusia  affirm).  Using  data  on 
phytoplankton,  zooplankton,  and  juvenile  sockeye  salmon  (Oncorhyn- 
chus  nerkd)  in  throe  lake  systems,  Brocksen,  Davis,  and  Warren  (1970) 
developed  the  conceptual  framework  which  might  explain  such  rela- 
tionships. 

In  a  given  ecosystem,  as  the  phytoplankton  biomass  increases  from  a 
low  level,  primary  productivity  also  increases  to  some  maximum.  Fur- 
ther increases  in  biomass  result  in  decreasing  primary  productivity  as 
the  effects  of  competition  for  nutrients,  shading,  and  the  accumulation 
of  inhibitory  metabolites  combine  to  lower  the  growth  rates  of  the 
individual  components  of  the  phytoplankton.  If  grazing  by  zooplankton 
in  the  natural  environment  suppresses  phytoplankton  abundance  below 
that  level  at  which  maximal  productivity  would  occur,  a  reduction  in 
zooplankton  should  be  followed  by  an  increase  in  primary  productivity. 

The  apparent  year-to-year  increase  in  primary  productivity  in  Fol- 
som  Lake  paralleled  the  establishment  and  development  of  a  population 
of  kokanee,  a  freshwater  form  of  the  sockeye  salmon.  Approximately 
1.000,000  kokanee  swimup  fry  (200-240/oz)  were  stocked  in  Folsom 
each  spring  from  196-1  to  1966,  and  a  moderately  successful  fishery 
resulted  from  these  introductions  (E.  D.  Beland,  Calif.  Dep.  Fish  and 
Game.  pers.  comm.).  Since  kokanee  feed  primarily  on  zooplankton.  the 
increasing  biomass  of  ihis  species  may  have  resulted  in  a  corresponding 
decrease  in  zooplankton  abundance,  hence  the  increases  in  primary 
productivity. 

Similarly,  in  Merle  Collins  Eeservoir  the  first  successful  introduction 
of  threadfm  shad  (Dorosoma  petenense)  was  made  in  early  1967,  when 
approximately  15,000  juveniles  and  400  sexually  mature  adults  were 
stocked.  By  September  scattered  spawning  activity  was  observed  and 
several  schools  of  age  0  shad  were  encountered  during  electrofishing 
activities  in  December.  During  1968,  shad  became  a  significant  item  in 
the  diet  of  several  species  of  game  fishes  and  gill  net  catches  of  adult 
shad  increased  dramatically  (K.  A.  Hashagen,  Calif.  Dep.  Fish  and 
Game.  MS).  Although  threadfm  shad  are  omnivorous,  they  do  feed 
heavily  on  zooplankton  (Kimsey.  Hagy,  and  McCammon  1957;  Gerdes 
and  McConnell  1963;  Miller  1967) ."'Thus,  the  biological  impact  of 
threadfm  shad  on  primary  productivity  in  Merle  Collins  could  have 
been  the  same  as  that  postulated  for  kokanee  in  Folsom. 

It  is  also  possible  that  grazing  by  these  planktivorous  fishes  hastened 
biological  cycling  of  nutrient  material  in  the  reservoir.  This  explana- 
tion would  not  seem  as  appropriate  for  Folsom,  however,  since  the 
kokanee  are  largely  excluded  from  the  epilimnion  by  high  temperatures 
and  thus  the  nutrients  present  in  their  metabolic  by-products  would 
not  be  readily  available  to  the  bulk  of  the  phytoplankton  during  that 
part  of  the  year  when  increased  primary  productivity  was  noted.  Even 
though  information  concerning  changes  in  the  zooplankton  in  Merle 
Collins  and  Folsom  is  lacking,  it  is  apparent  from  the  known  changes 
in  primary  productivity  and  planktivore  populations  that  a  cause-and- 
effect  relationship,  involving  the  zooplankters  as  intermediate  consum- 
ers, did  exist. 


PRIMARY  PRODUCTIVITY  265 

The  fishery  in  Merle  Collins  Reservoir  developed  in  a  manner  more 
easily  ascribable  to  changes  in  the  fish  population  structure  (Hashagen 
MS)  than  to  changes  in  primary  productivity.  Initial  stocking  in  1964 
of  largemouth  bass  (Micropterus  salmoides)  as  both  fry  and  adults 
gave  rise  to  an  extremely  strong  1964  year  class  which  apparently 
inhibited  reproduction  of  all  centrarchids  for  several  years.  Over  90% 
of  the  largemouth  catch  each  year  through  1967  was  from  this  initial 
year  class  and  these  fish  attained  a  mean  length  of  only  about  10  inches 
by  1967.  The  catch  rate  for  this  species  reached  a  peak  of  about  0.36 
fish  per  angler  hour  in  1967  and  declined  to  about  0.13  by  1970  (Has- 
hagen MS). 

Green  sunfish  (Lepomis  cyanellus)  comprised  a  minor  component  of 
the  fishery  from  1965  through  1967  but  have  since  been  supplanted  by 
bluegill  (L.  macrochirus)  and  redear  sunfish  (L.  microlophus) .  Angler 
success  for  these  species  was  less  than  0.01  fish/hr  in  1965  but  reached 
almost  0.33  in  1970.  The  increased  catch  rate  for  these  sunfishes  was 
clearly  associated  with  the  declining  abundance  of  bass  (Hashagen  MS). 

Although  fishery  data  are  incomplete  for  a  like  period  at  Folsom 
Lake  (von  Geldern  1972),  there  is  no  indication  that  the  observed 
changes  in  primary  productivity  have  caused  changes  in  the  fishery 
there. 

Various  studies  have  attempted  to  relate  primary  productivity  to 
fish  yields  or  standing  crop  (McConnell  1963 ;  Rupp  and  DeRoche 
1965 ;  Nicola  and  Borgeson  1970)  with  but  limited  success.  This  is  not 
surprising  since,  although  the  C  14  method  of  measuring  primary  pro- 
ductivity allows  us  to  estimate  the  rate  at  which  photosynthetic  activity 
introduces  organic  energy  into  an  aquatic  ecosystem,  we  are  not  yet 
able  to  describe,  in  any  but  the  most  general  terms,  how  this  photo- 
synthate  is  transferred  through,  and  contributes  to,  the  trophic  struc- 
ture of  that  system  (Goldman  1968&).  This  study  indicates  that  in 
addition  to  the  common  practice  of  attempting  to  improve  the  efficiency 
of  energy  transfer  by  introducing  suitable  forage  and  predator  species 
into  a  reservoir,  it  may  also  be  possible  to  alter  the  rate  at  which  energy 
enters  the  system  at  the  primary  level  by  manipulating  fish  popula- 
tions. And,  even  though  it  is  not  possible  to  say  how  trends  in  primary 
productivity  would  have  compared  in  these  two  reservoirs  without  the 
planktivore  introductions,  it  is  obvious  that  declining  primary  produc- 
tivity need  not  be  an  inevitable  consequence  of  initial  reservoir  aging. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

Robert  R.  Rawstron  planned  and  initiated  this  study.  C.  R.  Goldman 
was  retained  as  a  technical  consultant  by  the  Department  and  his  ad- 
vice, encouragement,  and  technical  assistance  were  invaluable.  A  succes- 
sion of  project  personnel,  too  numerous  to  mention  individually,  ac- 
complished the  bulk  of  the  field  work.  I  particularly  thank  Linda  Fry, 
Thomas  J.  Reece,  and  E.  Ross  Thompson  for  their  unselfish  contribu- 
tions in  data  reduction  and  summarv.  Nanci  Dong;  drafted  the  figures. 
Charles  Goldman,  Leo  Shapovalov,  and  Charles  von  Geldern,  Jr.  pro- 
vided helpful  criticisms  of  the  manuscript. 


4—83609 


266  CALIFORNIA  FISH   AND   GAME 

REFERENCES 

Alell,   Dana  L..  and  Charles   K.   Fisher.     1953.     Creel  census  al    Millerton   Lake, 

California.   1945   L952.     Calif.    Fish   Came  39(4)  :463^8 1. 
Bennett,  George  W.     1017.     Fish  management — a  substitute  for  natural  predation. 

No.  Amer.  Wildl.  Conf.,  Trans.  12:276-285. 
Brocksen,    R.    W..    G.    E.    Davis,    and    C.    E.    Warren.     1070.     Analysis    of    trophic 

processes  on  the  basis  of  density-dependent  functions.  Marine  Food  Chains,  Oliver 

an,!  Boyd,  Edinburgh,  p.  108-498. 
Ellis.  M.  M.     10.".7.     Some  fishery  problems  in  impounded  waters.  Amer.  Fish.  Soc, 

Trans.  60  :63-75. 
Gerdes,  J.  H.,   and  Win.   ,T.   McConnell.     1963.     Food  habits  and  spawning  of  the 

threadfin  shad  Dorosoma  petenense    (Giinther)    in   a  small,   desert  impoundment. 

Ariz.  Acad.  Sci.,  Jour.,  vol.  2,  p.  113-116. 
Goldman,  C.  R.     1960.     Primary  productivity  and   limiting   factors   in   three   lakes 

of  the  Alaska  Peninsula.  Ecol.  Mono.  30:207-230. 
.     1963.     The  measurement  of  primary  productivity  and  limiting  factors   in 

freshwater  with  Carbon-14.  In:  M.  S.  Doty    (ed.)   Proceedings  of  the  conference 

on  primary  productivity  measurement,  marine  and  freshwater.  U.S.A.E.C.  TID- 

763."..  Wash.,  D.C. 
.     196Sa.     The  use  of  absolute  activity  for  eliminating  serious  errors  iu  the 


measurement  of  primary  productivity  with  C  u.  J.  du  Consiel  Internatl.  Explor. 
Mer.  32(21  :  172-179. 

196S6.     Aquatic  primary  production.  Am.  Zool.  8  :  31-42. 


Goldman,  C.  P..  and  R.  C.  Carter.  1965.  An  investigation  by  rapid  carbon-14 
bioassay  of  factors  affecting  the  cultural  eutrophication  of  Lake  Tahoe,  California- 
Nevada.  Wat.  Poll.  Contr.  Fed.,  J.  37:1044-1059. 

Goldman.  Charles  R.,  and  Robert  G.  Wetzel.  1963.  A  study  of  the  primary  pro- 
ductivity of  Clear  Lake,  Lake  County,  California.  Ecology  44(2)  :283-294. 

Hurlbert,  Stuart  II.,  Joy  Zedler  and  Deborah  Fairbanks.  1972.  Ecosystem  altera- 
tion by  mosquitofish    ( Gambusia  affinis)    predation.   Science  175    (4022)  :639-641. 

Jenkins.  Robert  M.  1961.  Reservoir  fish  management — progress  and  challenge. 
Sport  Fishing  Institute,  Washington,  D.  C.  22  p. 

Kimsey,  J.  B.  1958.  Fisheries  problems  in  impounded  waters  of  California  and 
the  lower  Colorado  River,  Amer.  Fish.  Soc,  Trans.  S7 : 319-332. 

Kimsey.  J.  B.,  R.  H.  Hagy,  and  G.  W.  McCammon.  1957.  Progress  report  on  the 
Mississippi  threadfin  shad,  Dorosoma  petenense  atchajaylae  [sic],  in  the  Colorado 
River  for  1950.  Calif.  Dep.  Fish  and  Game,  Inland  Fish.  Admin.  Rep.  57-23,  48 
p.  (mimeo. ) 

McConnell,  William  J.  1963.  Primary  productivity  and  fish  harvest  in  a  small 
desert  impoundment.  Amer.   Fish.   Soc,   Trans.   92(1)  :1— 12. 

Miller.  Robert  V.  1967.  Food  of  the  threadfin  shad.  Dorosoma  petenense,  in  Lake 
Chicot,  Arkansas.  Amer.  Fish.  Soc,  Trans.  96(3)  :243-246. 

Nicola,  Stephen  J.,  and  David  P.  Borgeson.  1970.  The  limnology  and  produc- 
tivity of  three  California  coldwater  reservoirs.  Calif.  Fish  Game  56(1)  :4-20. 

Novotna,  Marie,  and  Vladimir  Kofinek.  1966.  Effect  of  the  fish  stock  on  the 
quantity  and  species  composition  of  the  plankton  of  two  backwaters,  p.  297-322. 
In  :  Jaroslav  Hrbacek  (ed.)  Hydrobiological  studies,  Czech.  Acad.  Sci.,  Acidemia, 
Prague. 

Rawstron,  Robert  R.  1904.  Limnology  of  Folsom  Lake,  1901-03.  Calif.  Dep. 
Fish  and  Game,  Inland  Fish.  Admin.  Rep.  04-13,  9  p.  (mimeo.) 

Rawstron,  Robert  R.  and  Kenneth  A.  Hashagen,  Jr.  1972.  Mortality  and  sur- 
vival rates  of  tagged  largemouth  bass  I  \Iicropterus  salmoides)  at  Merle  Collins 
Reservoir.  Calif.   Fish  Game  5S(3)  :  221-230. 

Rupp,  Robert  S.,  and  Stuart  E.  DeRoche.  1905.  Standing  crops  of  fishes  in  three 
small  lakes  compared  wih  C11  estimates  of  net  primary  productivity.  Amer.  Fish. 
Soc.  Trans.  94(1)  :9-25. 

Saunders,  George  W.,  F.  B.  Trama,  and  R.  W.  Backman.  1962.  Evaluation  of  a 
modified  C14  technique  for  shipboard  estimation  of  photosynthesis  in  large  lakes. 
Great  Lakes  Research  Division  Publication  No.   8,  Univ.   Michigan,  Ann  Arbor. 

Sorokin,  Y.  I.  1959.  Determination  of  the  photosynthetic  productivity  of  phy- 
toplankton  in  water  using  Cu.  Fiziol.  Rast.  6:125-1:;:;. 


PRIMARY   PRODUCTIVITY  267 

Steemann-Nielsen,  E.  1952.  The  use  of  radioactive  carbon  (C14)  for  measuring 
organic  production  in  the  sea.  J.  du  Consiel  Internatl.  Explor.  Mer.  18:117-140. 

Vollenweider,  R.  A.  19G5.  Calculation  models  of  photosynthesis-depth  curves  and 
some  implications  regarding  day  rate  estimates  in  primary  production  measure- 
ments, p.  425-^27.  In  :  C.  R.  Goldman  (ed.)  Primary  productivity  in  aquatic 
environments.  Mem.  1st.  Ital.  Idrobiol.,  18  Suppl.,  Univ.  California  Press, 
Berkeley. 

von  Geldern,  C.  E.,  Jr.  1972.  Angling  quality  at  Folsom  Lake,  California,  as 
determined  by  a  roving  creel  census.  Calif.  Fish  Game  58(2)  :75-93. 

Wetzel,  Robert  G.  19G5.  Techniques  and  problems  of  primary  productivity 
measurements  in  higher  aquatic  plants  and  periphyton.  p.  249-2G7.  In :  C.  R. 
Goldman  (ed.)  Primary  productivity  in  aquatic  environments.  Mem.  1st.  Ital. 
Idrobiol.,  IS  Suppl.,  Univ.  California  Press,  Berkeley. 


Calif.  Fish  and  Game,  58(4)  :  26S-27G.     1972. 


A  MIDWATER  TRAWL  FOR  THREADFIN   SHAD, 
DOROSOMA  PETENENSE] 

C.   E.  VON   GELDERN,   JR. 

Inland  Fisheries  Branch 

California  Department  of  Fish  and  Game 

A  midwater  trawl  designed  to  monitor  threadfin  shad  abundance  in 
restricted  environments  was  developed  at  Lake  Nacimiento,  California, 
in  1966  and  1967.  The  trawl  features  hydrofoils  and  depressors  which 
plane  at  45°  angles.  It  dives  rapidly  without  supplementary  weights 
or   diving    doors   along    the    bridles   or   towing    warps. 

INTRODUCTION 

Midwater  trawls  are  of  comparatively  recent  origin  and  have  under- 
gone almost  continual  modification  and  refinement  since  World  War  II. 
Their  initial  use  was  restricted  largely  to  the  commercial  exploitation 
of  a  few  species  of  marine  fishes,  most  notably  herrings  and  cods  (Par- 
rish  1959).  With  the  introduction  of  echosounding  devices,  the  success- 
ful use  of  midwater  trawls  in  the  ocean  became  much  more  widespread 
(Barraclough  and  Johnson  1956,  MeNeely  1963,  Sharfe  1964,  and 
others),  and  they  have  also  been  adapted  for  use  in  large  inland 
reservoirs  (Ilouser  and  Dunn  1967). 

In  1965,  a  study  was  undertaken  at  Lake  Nacimiento,  San  Luis 
Obispo  County,  California,  to  evaluate  the  effects  of  an  experimental 
introduction  of  threadfin  shad  on  the  existing  warmwater  fishery.  Of 
primary  concern  was  the  need  to  develop  an  efficient  method  of  sampling 
shad  populations  in  the  pelagic  areas  of  the  lake.  Lake  Nacimiento  has 
been  described  previously  by  Aron  Geldern  (1971),  and  it  need  be  stated 
here  only  that  this  impoundment  covers  5,300  acres  and  has  an  un- 
usually irregular  shoreline  with  an  abundance  of  long  arms,  sunken 
islands,  and  peninsulas  which  create  hazards  to  normal  midwater  trawl- 
ing operations.  This  report  describes  the  development  of  a  midwater 
trawl  for  sampling  shad  in  this  type  of  environment. 

PRELIMINARY  INVESTIGATIONS 

A  24-ft  commercial  type  fishing  vessel  powered  with  a  185-hp  gasoline 
engine  and  fitted  with  midwater  trawing  gear  and  an  echosounder  be- 
came available  to  the  project  in  late  1965.  The  trawling  rig  was  of 
double  warp  design  and  featured  a  single  flat  wooden  cpiarter  door  at 
each  of  four  corners  of  the  mouth  of  a  10  x  10  x  50-ft  trawl.  Accessory 
weighted  diving  doors  were  added  at  the  junctions  of  100-ft  bridles  and 
towing  warps  at  times  when  it  was  necessary  to  fish  deep.  A  double 
drum  winch  powered  by  a  6-hp  gasoline  engine  was  used  to  retrieve 
the  net. 


1  Accepted  for  publication  February  1972.  This  work  was  performed  as  part  of 
Dingell-Johnson  Project  California  F-1S-R,  "Experimental  Reservoir  Manage- 
ment", supported  by  Federal  Aid  to  Fish  Restoration  funds. 


(268) 


MID  WATER  TRAWL  269 

Preliminary  nighttime  sampling  with  this  equipment  was  conducted 
to  obtain  information  on  shad  abundance  and  distribution.  The  results 
of  this  initial  study  revealed  that  (i)  shad  were  extremely  abundant 
and  (ii)  the  horizontal  and  vertical  distribution  of  shad  was  distinctly 
nonrandom.  Further  efforts  were  then  centered  on  finding  an  efficient 
method  of  sampling  extremely  heterogeneous  populations. 

Taylor  (1953)  demonstrated  that  the  efficiency  of  sampling  hetero- 
geneous populations  is  improved  by  reducing  the  size  of  sample  units 
and  increasing  the  number  of  samples.  This  finding  seemed  appro- 
priate to  the  situation  at  Lake  Nacimiento  and  I  attempted  to  develop 
a  simple  trawl  which  would  dive  rapidly  below  fish  concentrations  and 
could  be  immediately  retrieved.  The  sampling  program,  therefore, 
would  be  one  in  which  the  sample  unit  consists  of  two  diagonal  hauls 
(one  down  and  one  up)  and  which  would  equally  sample  all  water 
depths  containing  shad. 

The  trawling  apparatus  initially  made  available  to  the  project  was 
not  designed  for  rapid  diving.  In  setting  out  or  retrieving  the  net,  it 
was  necessary  to  stop  the  winch  at  the  junctions  of  the  towing  warps 
and  bridles  to  add  or  remove  diving  doors.  This  procedure  inevitably 
resulted  in  a  greater  share  of  the  sample  collected  near  the  surface. 
In  addition,  the  flat  quarter  doors  created  considerable  drag  and  were 
expensive  and  difficult  to  duplicate. 

In  June  1966,  I  visited  the  South  Central  Reservoir  Investigations 
of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Sport  Fisheries  and  "Wildlife  in  Fayetteville, 
Arkansas,  and  observed  midwater  trawling  operations  at  Bull  Shoals 
Reservoir  by  Alfred  Houser  and  his  staff.  Houser  was  using  an  8  x  8 
x  45-ft  trawl,  of  single  towing  warp  design,  equipped  with  hydrofoils, 
depressors,  and  aluminum  otterboards  (Houser  and  Dunn  1967).  The 
hydrofoils  and  depressors  opened  the  net  vertically  while  the  otter- 
boards,  suspended  from  30-ft  pennant  lines,  kept  the  net  spread  in  a 
horizontal  direction.  This  equipment  functioned  quite  well  on  45,400- 
acre  Bull  Shoals  Reservoir,  but  was  not  well  suited  for  trawling  on 
small  waters  because  of  the  diving  characteristics  of  the  net  and  the 
presence  of  otterboards  on  pennant  lines.  Nonetheless,  I  consider 
Houser 's  trawl  as  the  "model"  from  which  I  was  able  to  develop 
equipment  better  suited  for  trawling  on  small  waters. 

My  principal  need  was  a  trawl  with  the  following  basic  features : 
(i)  it  must  be  of  double  warp  design;  (ii)  it  must  dive  rapidly;  and 
(iii)  it  must  not  require  the  addition  of  supplementary  otterboards 
or  diving  doors  at  any  point  along  the  bridles  or  towing  warps.  The 
following  sections  describe  a  midwater  trawl  having  these  general 
characteristics. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  NET 

The  body  of  the  net  is  composed  of  four  tapered  sections  of  equal 
dimensions.  Each  section  contains  seven  panels  with  graduated  mesh 
sizes  ranging  from  8  inches  (stretch  measure)  in  the  forward  panel 
to  1  inch  in  the  rear  or  seventh  panel.  Sections  are  joined  to  four  rib 
lines  of  f-inch  polypropylene  rope.  The  rib  lines  extend  from  the  rear 
of  the  seventh  panel  to  about  2£  ft  forward  of  the  mouth  of  the  net, 
Wire  rope  thimbles  are  spliced  into  the  forward  ends  of  the  rib  lines 


270 


CALIFORNIA    FISH   AND  GAME 


for  attachment  to  hydrofoils  and  depressors.  Top,  bottom,  and  side 
lines  iif  polypropylene  rope  encompass  the  mouth  of  the  net.  These 
also  extend  2\  ft  forward  of  the  webbing  and  are  spliced  to  wire  rope 
thimbles.  A  gang  of  three  thimbles  is  therefore  present  at  each  corner 
of  (he  nel  mouth.  Overall  net  dimensions  are  approximately  10  x  10  x 
50  ft.  A  7-11  coil  end  of  !-  and  J-incI)  nylon  mesh  with  a  single  seam  for 
each  mesh  size  is  attached  to  the  rear  of  the  seventh  panel  (Figure  1). 


SPLICED    /a-INCH   WIRE    ROPE    THIMBLES 


RIB, TOP,  BOTTOM,  AND  SIDE    LINES     ALL    78-INCH 
POLYPROPYLENE     ROPE   AND   EXTEND   2'6"  BEYOND 
WEBBING    AT    MOUTH    OF    NET 


I   \  \    7'3"       FORWARD    PANEL    CONSTRUCTED    WITH    NO.9 
BONDED    NYLON    THREAD 


ALL    MESH     PANELS    CUT    SQUARE    WITH    EQUAL 
NUMBER    OF    MESHES    AT    FRONT    AND   REAR 
OF    EACH    PANEL 


RIB,  BOTTOM,  AND    SIDE    LINES    BEHIND 
PANELS    SHOWN   AS    DASHED   LINES 


MESHES    ARE    LASHED    TO    RIB 
5'9"         LINES  WITH  '/,-INCH   NYLON   THREAD 


ALL    REFERENCES    TO    MESH 
SIZES    ARE    STRETCH    MEASURE 


m=  MESHES 


PANELS    2    THOUGH    7 
CONSTRUCTED    WITH    NO. 6 
BONDED    NYLON    THREAD 


TOP,  SIDE    AND   BOTTOM    PANELS   OF 
EQUAL    DIMENSIONS   AND    CONTAIN    EQUAL 
NUMBER    OF   MESHES 


RIB    LINES   END  AT    REAR    OF    7'"    PANEL 


THIS  SECTION    CONSTRUCTED    WITH    BONDE.D 
NYLON    THREAD    SIZE     20/9 


FIGURE    1.   Sectional  view  of  midwater  trawl. 


MIDWATER  TRAWL 

DESCRIPTIONS  OF  HYDROFOILS  AND   DEPRESSORS 


271 


The  hydrofoils  are  constructed  of  -J-inch  aluminum  alloy  plate.  A 
single  curved  sheet  of  10  x  18-inch  plate  representing  the  planing 
surface  is  welded  to  the  top  of  a  16-inch  curved  tapered  vane.  The  vane 


<x 


I 


INCH    NYLON    ROPE 


AFT        I5/ 


FOUR  3/8-HOLES,  CENTERED 
V.-INCH    FROM    SIDES 


all   sheetmetal   7»-inch 
aluminum 


HEIGHT    OF    VANE    AT    2  INCH    INTERVALS 
FROM  FORE   TO   AFT  6%",6  W,b",53/B",4'i/e",35/8",AND   2%" 


FIGURE  2.   Top,  side,  front,  end  diagonal  view  of  left  hydrofoil. 


FIGURE   3.    Left  hydrofoil  showing   hookup  to  thimble  gang  and   bridle.  Photograph   by  George 
Bruley. 


272 


CALIFORNIA   FISH   AND  GAME 


is  situated  along  the  mid-axis  of  the  planing  surface  at  a  90°  angle. 
Three-eighths-ineh  holes  are  punched  near  the  trailing  edge  of  the  vane 
and  the  trailing  corners  of  the  shearing  surface  for  attachment  to  the 
thimble  gangs.  An  additional  hole  is  punched  in  the  lower  fore  corner 
of  the  vane  for  attachment  to  the  bridles.  A  split  5tj  x  3^-inch  urethane 
seine  float  is  lashed  to  the  top  of  the  inner  edge  of  the  planing  surface 
so  that  the  hydrofoils  will  ride  at  a  45°  angle  (Figures  2,  3,  and  4). 
The  hydrofoils,  which  weigh  about  5  lb.  each,  are  shackled  to  the  upper 
thimble  gangs  as  follows:  (i)  the  inner  edge  of  the  planing  surface 
to  the  top  line,  (ii)  the  trailing  edge  of  the  vane  to  the  rib  line,  and 
(iii)  the  outer  edge  of  the  planing  surface  to  the  side  line  (Figures 
3  and  4). 


FIGURE  4.   View    of    hydrofoils    from 
Bruley. 


afterdeck     of    research     vessel.     Photograph     by     George 


One-eighth-inch  steel  plate  is  used  to  construct  the  depressors.  The 
planing  surface  consists  of  a  single  flat  16  x  L5-inch  sheel  of  plate 
welded  at  90°  angles  to  three  16-inch  vanes  tapered  at  each  end.  The 
middle  vane  is  located  on  the  mid-axis  of  the  planing  surface  and  the 
others  are  situated  2  inches  from  the  inner  and  outer  edges.  Three- 


MIDWATER  TRAWL 


273 


i 


V 


THREE   7B-INCH   HOLE  S  ,  CENT  E  RE  D 
'4-INCH    FROM    SIDES 


%-INCH   HOLE,  CENTERED   \ 
INCH    FROM    SIDES 


4-t^4t4t-f® 


/.-INCH    STEEL 


1 

T 

r 

5" 

, 

5 

*-^  '/. 

T"lr 

TO 

I 

1 

/ 

[P"-TW0    HEX    NUTS 

VlNCH    E  rE    BOLT 


2    X2   X  1-INCH   LEAD   BLOCKS 


FIGURE   5.   Top,  side,  front,  and  diagonal  view  of  left  depressor. 


/e  INCH     STEEL    PLATE 


FIGURE  6.   Left  depressor  showing  hookup  to  thimble  gang  and  bridle.  Photograph  by  George 
Bruley. 


274 


CALIFORNIA    FISH   AND   GAME 


eighths-inch  holes  are  punched  in  the  trailing  corners  of  the  planing 
surface  and  the  trailing  edge  of  the  center  vane  for  attachment  to  the 
thimble  gangs.  A  hole  is  also  punched  in  the  upper  leading  corner  of 
the  (niter  vane  for  attachment  to  the  bridles.  The  underside  of  the 
inner  edge  of  the  planing  surface  is  fitted  with  a  14-inch  steel  rod 
of  J -inch  diameter  which  is  used  to  contain  2  s  2  x  1-inch  lead  blocks 
bored  with  ',-iiich  diameter  holes.  These  weights  cause  the  depressors 
to  plane  at  45°  angles  (Figures  5  and  6).  The  depressors,  which  weigh 
about  31  lb.  each,  are  shackled  to  the  bottom  thimble  gangs  as  follow?^ : 
(i)  the  inner  edge  of  the  planing  surface  to  the  bottom  line,  (ii)  the 
trailing  edge  of  the  center  vane  to  the  rib  line,  and  (iii)  the  outer  edge 
of  the  planing  surface  to  the  side  line  (Figure  C). 

The  hydrofoils  and  depressors  are  attached  to  f-inch  thimbles  spliced 
into  the  ends  of  lUO-ft,  ^-inch  diameter  wire  rope  bridles  by  a  chain 
and  Miller  swivel  assembly  (Figures  3  and  6).  Type  2,  3-J-inch,  Miller 
swivels  are  used  for  the  hydrofoils  and  depressors.  The  bridles  and 
-J-inch   diameter   galvanized  wire  rope  towing  warps  are  joined  with 


Type 


,  n; 


•inch  Miller  swivels. 


OPERATION   OF  THE  TRAWL 

The  trawl  is  normally  operated  with  a  three-man  crew.  One  man 
operates  the  boat,  a  second  is  responsible  for  the  operation  of  the  winch, 
and  the  third  attends  the  net.  Before  setting  out  the  net,  the  depressors 
and  hydrofoils  are  arranged  on  the  afterdeck  for  easy  access  (Figure 


FIGURE  7.   Afterdeck  of    research    vessel    showing    arrangement   of    trawl    and    accessory   equip- 
ment   prior    to    setting    out    the    net.    Photograph    by    George    Bruley. 


MIDWATER  TRAWL  275 

7).  The  net  is  then  cast  out  between  the  depressors  while  the  boat  is 
traveling  about  1  mph.  When  the  net  has  cleared  the  afterdeck,  the 
depressors  and  hydrofoils  are  placed  in  the  water.  The  boat  is  then  ac- 
celerated to  3  mph  and  cable  is  let  out  to  a  point  where  the  hydrofoils 
"bite".  A  very  brief  inspection  of  the  assembly  is  then  made  to  make 
certain  that  the  net  is  fishing  properly.  The  desired  amount  of  towing 
warp  is  then  let  out. 

Trawl  retrieval  procedures  are  conducted  in  reverse  order.  The 
towing  warps  and  bridles  are  retrieved  and  the  hydrofoils  and  de- 
pressors taken  on  board.  The  net  is  then  pulled  in  directly  over  the 
stern.  A  speed  of  3  mph  is  maintained  until  the  depressors  and  hydro- 
foils approach  the  stern  of  the  boat.  The  vessel  is  then  decelerated  to 
about  1  mph  and  maintained  at  that  speed  until  the  net  is  retrieved. 

FISHiNG  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  TRAWL 

This  trawl  solved  the  sampling  problems  encountered  at  Lake  Naci- 
miento  and  ultimately  proved  useful  for  detecting  changes  in  threadfm 
shad  abundance  (von  Geldern  1971).  The  addition  of  floats  and  weights 
to  the  hydrofoils  and  depressors  which  caused  them  to  plane  at  45° 
jingles  eliminated  any  need  for  supplementary  doors  to  spread  the  net. 
Tangling  or  fouling  of  the  gear  were  never  serious  problems.  This  was 
attributed  largely  to  the  high  degree  of  stability  provided  by  the 
thimble  gangs  at  each  corner  of  the  net  mouth  (Figure  8).  The  trawl 
also  dived  rapidly,  reaching  a  depth  of  55  ft  when  towed  at  3  mph 
with  200  ft  of  towing  warp  out. 


FIGURE   8.    Schematic  view  of  mouth  of  midwater  trawl. 


In  order  to  test  the  potential  diving  speed  range  of  this  trawl  design, 
depressors  of  -|-inch  aluminum  alloy  plate  with  similar  dimensions  to 
those  described  previously  were  constructed  and  fitted  with  urethane 


276 


CALIFORNIA   FISH   AXD  GAME 


seine  floats  to  achieve  the  proper  45°  planing  angle.  When  these  doors 
were  used,  the  trawl  dived  much  less  rapidly,  reaching  a  depth  of  only 
20  ft  when  towed  at  3  mph  with  200  ft  of  towing  warp  out  (Table  1). 
It  appears,  therefore,  that  this  trawl  design  can  be  modified  to  operate 
successfully  in   situations  where  rapid  diving  is  not  required. 

TABLE    1 — Depth  of  Trawl  When  Fitted  With  Steel  and 
Aluminum  Depressors  and  Fished  at  3  MPH 


Type  of  depressor 

Cable  out  (ft) 

Fishing  depth  (ft) 

Steel  .    .   .    _.     .   

100 
150 
200 

21 
38 

55 

Aluminum 

100 

150 
200 

8 
14 

20 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

Edward  E.  Miller  worked  closely  with  me  through  all  phases  of  the 
development  of  this  trawl  and  the  final  product  is  a  result  of  our  joint 
efforts.  As  previously  noted.  I  consider  the  trawl  used  by  Alfred  Houser 
of  the  Bureau  of  Sport  Fisheries  and  "Wildlife  as  the  "model"  from 
which  this  equipment  was  developed.  The  hydrofoils  described  in  this 
report  are  identical  to  the  ones  used  by  Houser  in  1966  in  all  respects 
other  than  size,  the  placement  of  the  seine  floats,  and  the  assembly  for 
attachment  to  the  net.  Vincent  Catania  (deceased)  supervised  the  con- 
struction of  the  nets  and  assisted  the  project  in  various  other  ways. 

REFERENCES 

Barraclough.  W.  E.,  and  TV.  TV.  Johnson.  1956.  A  new  mid-water  trawl  for 
herring.  Fish.  Res.  Bd.  Canada.  Bull.  no.  104.  25  p. 

Houser.  Alfred,  and  James  E.  Dunn.  1067.  Estimating  the  size  of  threadfin  shad 
populations  in  Bull  Shoals  Reservoir  from  midwater  trawl  catches.  Amer.  Fish. 
Soc.  Trans.  96(2)  :176-1S4. 

McNeely,  R.  L.  1963.  Development  of  the  John  M.  Cobb  pelagic  trawl — a  prog- 
ress report.  Comm.  Fish.  Rev.  25(7)  :17— 26. 

Parrish,  B.  B.  1959.  Midwater  trawls  and  their  operation,  p.  333-343.  In:  Modern 
fishing  gear  of  the  world,  ed.  by  Hilmar  Kristjonsson.  London,  Fishing  Xews 
(Books)  Ltd. 

Scbarfe,  J.  1964.  One-boat  midwater  trawling  from  Germany,  p.  221-22S.  In: 
Modern  fishing  gear  of  the  world  2.  London.  Fishing  Xews    (Books)    Ltd. 

Taylor,  Clyde  C.  1953.  Nature  of  variability  in  trawl  catches.  U.  S.  Fish  TVildl. 
Serv.,  Fish.  Bull.  54:  145-166. 

von  Geldern,  C.  E.,  Jr.  1971.  Abundance  and  distribution  of  fingerling  large- 
mouth  bass.  Micropterus  salmoides,  as  determined  by  electrofishing  at  Lake  Xaei- 
miento,   California.   Calif.  Fish  Game  57(4)  :228-245. 


I 


Calif.  Fish  and  Game,  58(4)  :  277-284.     1972. 


MORPHOLOGY  AND  VARIATION  OF  THE  MODOC 

SUCKER,  CATOSTOMUS  MICROPS  RUTTER,  WITH 

NOTES  ON   FEEDING  ADAPTATIONS1 

MICHAEL  MARTIN2 

Department  of  Biological  Sciences,  Sacramento  State  College, 
Sacramento,  California 

Occurrence  of  the  Modoc  sucker,  Catostomus  microps  Rutter,  one  of 
the  most  localized  species  in  the  freshwater  fish  fauna  of  California,  is 
reported  from  the  type  locality  at  Rush  Creek,  Modoc  County.  A  diag- 
nosis of  the  species  with  data  from  ten  recently  collected  topotypes 
and  a  summary  of  the  morphometric  and  meristic  variation  of  this 
species  is  reported.  Catostomus  microps  shows  distinct  adaptation  to 
swift-stream  conditions  in  the  osteoiogical  features  of  the  oromandi- 
bular  region  and  in  the  closure  of  the  fontanelle  of  the  neurocranium. 
It  differs  from  all  other  members  of  the  Pantosteus  subgenus  by  the 
absence  of  lateral  notches  in  the  lips  and  by  the  possession  of  a  silvery 
peritoneum.  Ecological  information  is  included  in  the  discussion  of  this 
rare  species. 

INTRODUCTION 

The  native  freshwater  fish  fauna  of  California  contains  several  spe- 
cies of  the  genus  Catostomus.  These  belong  to  the  subfamily  Catosto- 
minae,  tribe  Catostomini;  there  are  also  two  other  genera  of  catosto- 
mids:  Xyrauchen  and  Chasmistes  (Bailey  1970).  These  three  genera 
occupy  diverse  ecological  habitats  in  western  North  America.  This  study 
was  initiated  to  examine  more  intensively  one  species,  Catostomus  mi- 
crops Kutter,  which  is  particularly  adapted  to  a  mountain-stream 
habitat. 

The  geological  history  of  northern  California  has  been  recently  re- 
viewed by  MacDonald  (1966).  The  northeastern  corner  of  California, 
included  in  the  physiographic  provinces  of  the  Cascade  Mountains  and 
the  Modoc  Plateau,  is  characterized  by  wide-spread  volcanism  of  recent 
origin  and  fault-block  mountain  ranges.  This  extreme  disruption  of 
the  Modoc  Plateau  and  subsequent  isolation  has  had  a  significant  effect 
on  the  fishes  of  the  region,  principally  the  catostomids  as  well  as  the 
cyprinids  and  cottids    (Bailey  and  Bond  1963). 

There  have  been  few  ecological  studies  of  the  catostomid  species  of 
California,  but  systematic  studies  have  been  presented  by  Hubbs  et  al. 
(1943),  Miller  (1959),  Weisel  (1960),  and  Smith  (1966).  Koelm  (1969) 
reported  that  species  of  the  subgenus  Catostomus  are  generally  in 
warmer  lowland  habitats,  but  they  are  occasionally  found  at  higher 
elevations  in  lakes.  Smith  (1966)  characterized  the  subgenus  Panto- 
steus as  primarily  associated  with  rapidly  flowing  mountain  streams. 

The  generalized  ecological  and  morphological  adaptations  of  cato- 
stomids  (Smith  1966)    and  cyprinids   (Brittan  1961)    apparently  are 

1  Accepted  for  publication  May  1972. 

2  Present  address:  North  American  School  of  Conservation  and  Ecology,  1100  Claudina 

Place,  Anaheim,  California  92S05. 

(277) 


278 


CALIFORNIA    I-MSII     \\1»    GAM] 


responsible  for  1  lie  widespread  distribution  of  these  two  groups  in 
western  North  America,  including  California.  Smith  (1966)  and  Koehn 
(1969)  have  reported  that  in  western  montane  areas  members  of  the 
subgenus  Caiostomus  occur  sympatrically  with  species  of  the  subgenus 
Pantosti  us,  and  there  are  several  records  of  breakdown  of  the  reproduc- 
tive barriers  (Hubbs  et  al.  1943). 

Catostomus  microps  and  the  Sacramento  sucker,  Caiostomus  occi- 
dentalis,  occur  allopatrically  in  the  upper  Pit  Eiver  system  of  Modoc 
County,  California.  Kutter  (1908)  recognized  C.  microps  as  a  small- 
scaled    relative    of    the   more    ubiquitous    largescaled    C.    occidentalis. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

Specimens  were  collected  from  Rush  Creek,  Modoc  County,  Califor- 
nia. 6  miles  east  of  Adin  on  U.S.  Highway  299,  T.  40  N.,  R,  9  E.  This 
creek  is  the  type  locality  for  C.  microps.  Five  extensive  collections  were 
made  on  Rush  Creek  on  4  April  1966,  8  October  1966,  26  December 
1966,  12  March  1967,  and  9  April  1967.  ' 


T  42   N 


T  41  N 


T  40  N 


T  39  N 


R    7    E  R    8    E 


R    9    E 


R  10    E 


5  mi 


FIGURE    1.   Map    of    study    area,    showing    area    of    collections    on    Rush    Creek,    Modoc    County. 
California. 


MODOC  SUCKER  279 

Rush  Creek  is  a  mountain  stream,  5  miles  in  length,  averaging  5  to 
20  ft  in  width  and  attaining  a  maximum  depth  of  6  ft.  Its  headwaters 
are  located  on  Horsehead  Mountain  and  Hunters  Ridge,  Modoc  County 
(Figure  1).  From  the  upper  Rush  Creek  Campground  to  the  upper 
crossing  of  the  Adin-Canby  Highway  (U.S.  299),  the  stream  is  exceed- 
ingly swift,  and  has  a  very  steep  gradient.  Below  the  upper  highway 
crossing,  the  stream  passes  through  the  rather  long,  gently  sloping 
Rush  Creek  Valley,  where  the  greatest  numbers  of  C.  microps  were 
captured.  The  flora  surrounding  the  headwaters  of  Rush  Creek  is  a 
yellow  pine  forest,  which  changes  abruptly  to  a  northern  juniper  wood- 
land in  Rush  Creek  Valley.  A  riparian  flora  (Axelrod  1944)  is  located 
on  the  margins  of  the  creek  throughout  its  lower  course.  The  entire 
habitat  which  is  suitable  for  C.  microps  on  Rush  Creek  does  not  exceed 
3  miles.  There  is  little  or  no  aquatic  vegetation,  but  some  leaf  litter 
is  present  during  the  fall  and  winter  months.  The  stream  bottom  is 
rock  rubble,  with  limited  sand  and  gravel  areas. 

From  this  habitat,  10  C.  microps  were  collected  utilizing  a  6  ft  X  20 
ft  minnow  seine  in  the  first  four  collections  and  electrofishing  ap- 
paratus in  the  final  collection.  All  fish  were  preserved  in  the  field  in 
10%  formalin,  transferred  to  40%  isopropyl  alcohol,  and  were  placed 
in  the  Natural  History  collections  of  Sacramento  State  College. 

Twenty  characters  were  utilized  and  tabulated  for  each  specimen. 
Morphological  characters  and  meristic  data  compilation  follow  the 
methodology  of  Smith  (1966).  Counts  and  measurements  were  taken 
from  the  left  side  of  adult  and  juvenile  specimens,  utilizing  dividers 
and  ruler  to  the  nearest  0.1  mm.  On  specimens  less  than  50  mm  sl, 
scale  counts  were  not  analyzed  due  to  excessive  variation  (after  Smith 
1966).  Age  class  determinations  were  made  by  counting  the  number  of 
scale  annul i. 

MCDOC   SUCKER 


•    ..    '     -  -'    .-•..-...» 1 ~J& |j, |jfn famiffltejffi 

FIGURE  2.   The  Modo:  sucker,  Caiostomus  microps  (female;   187  mm  SL). 

Catostomus  microps.  Rutter,  1D0S :  120-121  (original  description) 
(Rush  Creek.  Modoc  County).  Jordan.  Evermann.  and  Clark  1930 :  106 
(streams  of  lava  beds  of  California).  Schultz  193G  :  144  (upper  Sacramento 
River  and  Goose  Lake  drainage).   Shapovalov  and   Dill   1'JoO  :  3S6    (check- 


280 


CALIFORNIA   FISH   AND   GAME 


list).  Eddy  1957:78  (key).  Shapovalov,  Dill,  and  Cordone  1059  (check- 
list). Kimsey  and  Fisk  1960:467  (key).  Bailey  1960:17  (common  name). 
."Miller  1961:384  (description  of  habitat).  Bailey  1970:24  (common 
name). 

DIAGNOSIS 

A  species  of  Catostomus  characterized  by  the  small  eyes  located  in  the 
middle  of  the  head  (Rutter  1908),  whence  the  specific  name.  Standard 
lenirtk  ranging  to  190  mm.  Lips  moderate,  with  two  rows  of  papillae  evi- 
dent on  the  oral  surface  of  the  upper  lip,  but  absent  from  the  anterior  face 
of  the  upper  lip  ;  lateral  notches  at  the  juncture  of  the  upper  and  lower 
lips  faintly  evident  or  absent  ou  either  side;  anterior  medial  papillae  are 
enlarged  ;  medial  notch  in  lower  lip  deep,  separated  from  the  cartilaginous 
sheath  of  the  lower  jaw  by  one  row  of  papillae  on  the  symphysis.  Fronto- 
parietal fontanelle  reduced  in  young  specimens  and  almost  obsolete  in  speci- 
mens over  150  mm  SL.  Scales  small  and  regular  ;  lateral  line  scales,  80  to  89, 
modally  81;  scales  above  lateral  line.  15  to  17.  modally  16;  scales  below 
lateral' line  9  to  12.  modally  10.  Dorsal  rays  10  or  11.  Pelvic  axillary  proc- 
ess absent.  Caudal  peduncle  depth  ranges  from  9.0  to  10.0%  SL   (Table  1). 

TABLE    1 — Measurements  of  Catostomus  microps,  Collected  in  Rush 
Creek,  Modoc  County,  California.  Proportions  Are  Expressed 
as  Hundredths  of  Standard  Length.  Specimen  1  =  SU  9277;* 
2,  3  =  SSC  149-2;t  4  to  6  =  SSC  162-1;  7  to  1 1  =  SSC  168-3. 


Specimen  number 

Measurements 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

Standard  length  (mm) 

103 
23 

4 
10 

9 
16 
51 
15 

44 

-"- 

6 
12 
10 
12 
56 
16 

'.'7 
25 
4 
12 
10 
15 
50 
15 

187 
23 

4 
10 

9 
15 
48 
15 

24 

2 
11 
10 
16 
50 
16 

97 
24 

5 
11 

9 
15 
49 
15 

48 

28 

6 

14 
10 
13 
53 
16 

99 
24 

4 
13 

9 
10 
51 
15 

76 
26 
5 
13 
10 
12 
52 
15 

76 
28 
5 
13 
11 
16 
52 
15 

87 

27 

4 

15 

10 

Caudal  peduncle  length 

15 
52 

Dorsal  fin  base 

16 

*  SU  =  Stanford  University. 

f  SSC  =  Sacramento  State  College. 


VARIATION   IN   C.  MICROPS 

The  following  fin  ray  counts,  scale  counts,  and  gill  raker  counts  are 
presented  for  the  materials  included  in  this  report,  expressed  as  the 
count,  followed  by  the  number  of  specimens  with  that  count.  Tn  the 
case  of  pectoral  and  pelvic  fins,  the  two  numbers  represent  the  counts 
of  the  left  and  right  fins,  respectively.  Dorsal  fin  rays  10  (7).  11  (3)  ; 
anal  fin  rays  7  (10),  typical  for  American  Catostomus:  pectoral  fin  rays 
15-15  (3),  16-16  (5),'  17-17  (2);  pelvic  fin  rays  9-9  (7).  10-10  (3); 
caudal  fin  rays  18  (7).  19  (3).  Scales  in  lateral  line  80  (1),  81  (3), 
82  (2),  84  (1),  85  (1).  87  (1).  89  (1)  ;  scales  above  lateral  line  15  (3), 
16  (6),  17(1)  ;  scales  below  lateral  line  9  (1).  10  (6),  11  (2),  12  (1)  ; 
scales  around  caudal  peduncle  20  i  1  .  22  (2),  23  (2  .  25  (3),  26  (2)  ; 
predorsal  scales  45  (1).  46  (2  .  49  1  .  50  (3),  51  (2),  53  (1).  Gill 
rakers  18  (1).  19  (1),  22  (3),  23  (2).  24  (1)..  25  (1),  26  (1). 

The  life  colors  of  C.  microps  have  not  been  recorded.  The  back  varies 
from  greenish-brown  through  bluish  to  deep  grey  and  olive;  the  sides 
are  lighter  with  light  yellowish  below;  caudal,  pelvic,  and  pectoral  fins 


MODOC  SUCKER  281 

are  light  yellowish  orange.  There  are  three  characteristic  dark  spots 
along  the  sides  in  the  region  of  the  lateral  line.  The  belly  region  is 
cream-colored  to  white. 

Breeding  coloration  of  C.  microps  is  similar  to  that  of  the  mountain 
sucker,  C.  platyrhynchus  (Smith  1966).  The  male  (76  mm  sl)  pattern 
consists  of  a  red  lateral  stripe,  which  intensifies  in  10%  formalin  and 
fades  in  isopropyl  alcohol.  This  stripe  originates  behind  the  fleshy  lobe 
of  the  opercular  flap  and  extends  to  the  origin  of  the  last  anal  ray.  The 
fins  also  become  brightly  colored,  especially  the  mesial  and  distal  parts 
of  the  pectoral  fins,  about  the  bases  of  the  pelvic  fins,  and  in  the  center 
part  of  the  caudal  fin.  Breeding  tubercles  on  the  anal  fin  include :  four 
small,  three  medium  on  the  first  element;  two  medium,  one  large  on 
the  second  element;  four  large  on  the  third  element;  two  medium,  one 
large  on  the  fourth  element;  four  large  on  the  fifth  element;  three 
medium  on  the  sixth  element;  and  two  small  on  the  seventh  element. 
Small  tubercles  are  scattered  over  the  dorsal  region  of  the  body,  about 
half  the  way  down  the  back.  Tubercles  are  also  scattered  on  the  caudal 
and  pectoral  fins. 

Age  class  determination  and  size  indicated  that  C.  microps  matures 
in  the  second  year.  Nuptial  males  as  small  as  75  mm  sl  were  collected, 
as  well  as  second-year  mature  males  up  to  90  mm  sl.  Females  are  gen- 
erally larger  than  males;  one  third-year  female  measured  184  mm  sl. 

Osteological  differences  are  well  developed  above  the  species  level  in 
the  subgenera  Pantosteus  and  Catostomus  (Smith  1966)  and  provide  a 
useful  taxonomic  tool  for  differentiation  of  these  groups.  One  of  the 
most  significant  adaptations  in  the  evolution  of  the  genus  has  been 
trophically  oriented  and,  consequently,  reflected  in  the  osteological  fea- 
tures of  the  jaw  bones  (Smith  1966).  The  mandible  consists  of  four 
pairs  of  bones.  The  dentary  is  the  largest  of  the  bones ;  it  has  a  dorsal 
anterior  gnathic  ramus  which  has  been  modified  for  scraping  the  sub- 
strate. The  dentary  is  not  as  ventrally  deflected  as  that  of  species  of  the 
subgenus  Pantosteus  and  has  become  decidedly  reduced  in  C.  microps 
(Figure  3).  The  dentary  of  C.  occidentalis  is  more  robust  than  the 
dentary  of  C.  microps.  The  dentary  of  G.  microps  shows  more  ridging 
than  C.  occidentalis  (Figure  3D),  indicating  an  increased  musculature 
in  the  oromandibular  region  of  C.  microps.  This  feature  seems  to  be 
correlated  with  adaptation  of  the  jaws  as  scrapers  of  the  substrate  as 
Smith  (1966)  found  in  species  of  the  subgenus  Pantosteus. 

The  ventral  part  of  each  mandibular  bone  is  composed  of  a  corono- 
meckelian,  a  retroarticular,  and  an  angular  (Figure  3A)  ;  all  except 
the  angular  are  thought  to  be  derived  from  Meckel's  cartilage  (Har- 
rington 1955).  The  configuration  of  the  ventral  mandible  is  similar  in 
large  and  smallscale  species  of  the  Pit  Eiver  drainage  with  three  ex- 
ceptions. First,  as  viewed  mesially,  the  coronomeckelian  is  reduced  and 
slightly  serrate  on  the  dorsal  margin  in  C.  occidentalis  (Figure  3B), 
while  C.  microps  lacks  these  slight  serrations.  Secondly,  the  anterior 
dorsal  facet  of  the  dentary  is  reduced  in  C.  occidentalis,  and  this  area 
is  enlarged  in  C.  microps.  Thirdly,  the  mental  foramen  is  pronounced  in 
C.  occidentalis  and  slightly  reduced  in  C.  microps. 

The  mandible  of  the  Tahoe  sucker,  C.  tahoensis,  (Figure  3A)  is  spe- 
cialized toward  the  small  stream  type  as  shown  by  C.  microps.  The 

5—83609 


0S0 


CALIFORNIA  FISH   AND   GAME 


rt.rononu'ckolian  is  slightly  reduced,  and  the  anterior  dorsal  facet  of  the 
dentary  is  enlarged  as  in  C.  microps. 


10 


FIGURE  3.  Mesial  view  of  the  left  mandibles  of  (A)  Cafosfomus  tahoensis  (Lahontan  Basin) 
from  Smith,  1966;  (B)  Cafosfomus  occidentalis  (Goose  Lake  Basin),  84  mm  SL; 
(C)  Cafosfomus  ocadenfa/i's  (upper  Pit  River  Basin),  101  mm  SL;  (D)  Cafosfomus 
microps  (Rush  Creek),  97  mm  SL.  The  bones  of  the  lower  jaw  are  the  angular 
(AN),    the    coronomeckelian    (CM),   the    dentary    (D),    and    the    retroarticular    (RA). 

Smith  (1966)  suggested  that  although  the  function  of  the  fontanelle 
of  the  neurocranium  is  not  known,  its  closure  may  be  involved  with  an 
increase  in  opercular  musculature  and  the  reduction  in  the  size  of  the 
pterotic,  C.  microps  is  definitely  a  small  riffle  type  of  sucker,  although, 
heretofore,  it  has  been  considered  as  a  member  of  the  subgenus  Catosto- 
mus.  C.  microps  is  separable  from  all  Pantosteus  species  by  the  absence 
of  lateral  notches  at  the  junction  of  the  upper  and  lower  lips  and  the 
lack  of  a  black  peritoneum.  The  lip  and  jaw  modifications,  other  than 
the  lateral  notches,  of  C.  microps  show  parallel  adaptation  with  Pan- 
tosteus species. 

FEEDING  ADAPTATIONS 

In  addition  to  the  extreme  specialization  and  orientation  of  the  oro- 
mandibular   region,   there   is   a  behavioral  modification  for   suctorial 


MODOC   SUCKER  283 

feeding  and  other  general  morphological  adaptations  for  bottom  dwell- 
ing. 

Juvenile  and  adult  behavior  was  qualitatively  observed:  juveniles 
(15  to  50  mm  sl)  tend  to  remain  in  the  shallows  of  large  pools,  free 
swimming  above  the  substrate.  Adult  suckers  remain  mostly  on  the 
bottom  or  close  to  it.  Adults  in  aquaria  remained  at  the  bottom,  resting 
either  on  the  pelvic  fins  and  folded  anal  fin  or  with  their  ventral  surface 
contacting  the  substrate.  While  resting  on  their  ventral  surface,  the 
dorsal  fin  Avas  generally  elevated,  with  the  paired  fins  extended  to  sup- 
port the  body.  Suckers  do  not  actively  forage  during  daylight  hours 
unless  disturbed.  Feeding  and  foraging  as  well  as  migration  usually 
occur  nocturnally  (La  Rivers  1962  on  Catostomus  tahocnsis).  The 
ventral  surface  of  slow-stream  inhabiting  Catostomus  is  widened  and 
flattened  from  the  tip  of  the  snout  to  the  anal  fin  base.  In  contrast  to 
these  forms,  C.  microps  and  several  members  of  the  subgenus  Pantosteus 
have  a  more  rounded  ventral  surface,  reflecting  the  necessity  for  more 
active  swimming.  The  anal  fin  has  a  short  base  which  can  be  folded  so 
as  not  to  interfere  with  substrate  contact. 

The  sensory  apparatus  of  C.  microps  is  specialized  toward  the  bottom 
feeding  habit.  The  presence  of  large  numbers  of  papillae  and  taste  buds 
in  Catostomus  (Stewart  1926),  the  extremely  limited  eyesight,  and  the 
position  of  the  eyes  in  the  head  are  all  indicators  of  the  bottom  feeding 
habits  of  this  species. 

MATERIAL  EXAMINED 

Catostomus  microps.  SU  9277  (1,  103)  paratype ;  Rush  Creek,  near  Ash 
Creek.  Pit  River  Drainage.  T.  40  N.,  R.  9  E. ;  September  1,  1898,  Rutter 
and  Chamberlain.  SSC  140-2  (2,  44-97)  ;  Rush  Creek,  6  miles  E  Adin, 
T.  40  N.,  R.  9  E.,  see.  35;  October  8,  1066,  M.  Martin,  R.  B.  Bury, 
J.  Erode.  SSC  162-1  (3,  80-187)  ;  Rush  Creek,  6  miles  E  Adin,  T.  40  N., 
R.  0  E.,  sec.  35;  December  26,  1066,  M.  and  G.  A.  Martin.  Jr.  88C  168-3 
(5,  48-00)  ;  Rush  Creek  near  mouth  of  Johnson  Creek,  7  miles  E  Adin. 
T.  40  N.,  R.  9  E.,  sec.  24;  April  9,  1967,  M.  Martin,  R.  B.  Bury,  D. 
Kritsky,  and  R.  Armstrong. 


"■j  > 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

I  wish  to  express  my  sincere  appreciation  to  Martin  R.  Brittan  for 
his  constant  encouragement,  guidance,  and  friendship  during  my 
studies  at  Sacramento  State  College.  I  also  sincerely  appreciate  the 
courtesy  of  those  persons  responsible  for  museum  collections  in  making 
animals  available  for  study :  CAS,  California  Academy  of  Sciences  ( W. 
I.  Follett,  L.  J.  Dempster,  and  J.  Hopkirk)  ;  Stanford  University- 
Division  of  Systematic  Biology  (now  at  CAS)  (W.  C.  Freihofer  and 
E.  H.  Neil)  ;  and  Sacramento  State  College — Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory (M.  R.  Brittan).  I  thank  those  fellow  graduate  students  of  Sacra- 
mento State  College,  R.  Armstrong,  J.  M.  Brode,  R.  B.  Bury,  D.  Krit- 
sky, and  my  brother,  George  A.  Martin,  Jr.,  who  spent  many 
uncomfortable  days  collecting.  Facilities  and  equipment  were  provided 
by  Sacramento  State  College.  Without  the  constant  aid  and  encourage- 
ment of  my  wife,  Demi,  this  study  would  not  have  been  completed. 

SUMMARY 

The  Modoc  sucker,  Catostomus  microps,  occurs  as  an  isolated  popula- 
tion in  Rush  Creek,  Modoc  County,  California  which  survives  despite 


284  CALIFORNIA  FISH   AND  GAME 

disruption  or  destruction  of  most  of  its  available  habitat,  primarily 
through  stream  channel  change.  The  species  apparently  survives  in 
marginal  undisturbed  areas.  The  synonymy,  nomenclature,  and  diag- 
nosis of  the  species  is  given.  Variation  in  meristic  and  morphometric 
characters  are  given  for  10  individuals  captured  during  1966  and  1967. 
The  breeding  coloration  of  C.  microps  is  described,  and  observations  of 
its  feeding  habits  discussed. 

REFERENCES 

Axelrod,    D.    I.     1044.     The   Alturas    flora    (California).    In   R.   W.    Chaney    fed.) 

Pliocene  floras  of  California  and  Oregon.  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Publ.    (558). 
Bailey,   R.   M.    (editor)      1960.     A   list   of   common    and    scientific   names    of   fishes 

from  the  United  States  and  Canada.  Spec.  Publ.  No.  2,  Amer.  Fish.  Soc,  Wash- 
ington, B.C.  102  p. 
.     1070.     A  list  of  common   and  scientific  names  of  fishes  from  the   United 

States  and  Canada.  Spec.  Publ.  No.  6,  Amer.  Fish.  Soc,  Washington,  D.C.  150  p. 
Bailey,  R.  M.  and  C.   E.  Bond.     1903.     Four  new   species  of  freshwater  sculpins, 

genus  Cotlus,   from  western  North  America.   Occ.   Pap.   Mus.   Zool.,   Univ.   Mich. 

634  :l-27. 
Brittan,    M.    R.     1961.     Adaptive    radiation    in    Asiatic    cyprinid    fishes,    and    their 

comparison  with  forms  from  other  areas.  Froe.  9th  Pac.  Sci.  Congress  10 ;  18-31. 
Eddy,  S.     1957.     How  to  know  the  freshwater  fishes.  William  C.  Brown  Company, 

Dubuque.  253  p. 
Harrington,  R.  W.     1955.     The  osteocranium  of  the  American  cyprinid  fish,  Notro- 

pis  bifrenatus,  with  an  annotated  synonymy  of  teleost  skull  bones.  Copeia   1955 

(4)  : 267-290. 
Hubbs,  C.  L.,   L.  C.  Hubbs,   and  R.  E.   Johnson.     1943.     Hybridization   in   nature 

between  species  of  catostomid  fishes.  Cont.  Lab.  Vert.  Biol.,  Univ.  Mich.  22:1-76. 
Kimsey,   J.   B.   and   L.    O.   Fisk.     1960.     Keys  to   the   freshwater   and   anadromous 

fishes  of  California.  Calif.   Fish   Game  46    (4)  :453^79. 
Koehn,  R.  K.     1969.     Hemoglobins  of  fishes  of  the  genus   Catostomus   in   western 

North  America.  Copeia  1969   (1)  :21-30. 
Jordan,  D.  S.,  B.  W.  Evermann,  and  H.  W.  Clark.     1930.     Checklist  of  the  fishes 

and    fish-like   vertebrates   of  North    and    Middle   America    north    of   the   northern 

boundary  of  Venezuela   and  Colombia.  Rep.  U.S.   Comm.   Fish  1928  :l-670. 
La   Rivers,   I.     1962.     Fishes   and   fisheries   of  Nevada.   Nevada    State   Fish    Game 

Comm.  782  p. 
MacDonakl.  G.  A.     1966.     Geology  of  the  Cascade  Range  and  Modoc  Plateau,  p. 

65-96.  In  Geology  of  northern  California.  Calif.  Div.  Mines  Geology  Bull.,   (190). 
Miller,  R.  R.     1959.     Origin  and  affinities  of  the  freshwater  fish  fauna  of  western 

North  America,  p.  1S7-222.  In  Zoogeography.  Amer.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.  Publ.,   (51). 
.     1961.     Man  and  the  changing  fish  fauna  of  the  American  Southwest.  Pap. 

Mich.  Acad.  Sci.,  Arts,  and  Letters  46    (1960)  :365-404. 
Rutter,  C.     1908.     The  fishes  of  the  Sacramento-San  Joaquin  basin,  with   a   study 

of  their  distribution  and  variation.  Bull.  U.S.  Bur.  Fish.  27    (1907)  :103-152. 
Schultz,    L.    P.     1936.     Kevs    to    the    fishes    of    Washington,    Oregon,    and    closely 

adjoining  regions.  Univ.  Wash.,  Publ.  Biol.  2    (4)  :103-288. 
Shapovalov,  L.  and  W.  A.  Dill.     1950.     A  checklist  of  the  freshwater  and  anadro- 
mous fishes  of  California.  Calif.  Fish  Game  36    (4)  :382-391. 
Shapovalov,  L.,  W.  A.  Dill,  and  A.  J.  Cordone.     1959.     A  revised  checklist  of  the 

freshwater  and  anadromous  fishes  of  California.  Calif.  Fish  Game  45  (3)  :159-180. 
Smith,  G.  R.     1966.     Distribution  and  evolution  of  the  North  American  catostomid 

fishes  of   the   subgenus   Pantosteus,    genus    Caiostomus.    Misc.    Publ.    Mus.    Zool., 

Univ.  Mich.  129  : 1-132. 
Stewart,  N.  H.     1926.     Development,  growth,  and  food  habits  of  the  white  sucker, 

Catostomus  commersonii  Lesueur.   Bull.  U.S.   Bur.   Fish.  42:147-184. 
Weisel,  G.  R.     1960.     The  osteocranium  of  the  catostomid  fish,  Catostomus  macro- 

cheilus.  A  study  in  adaptation  and  natural  relationship.  J.  Morph.  106   (1)  :109- 

129. 


Calif.  Fish  and  Game,  58(4)  :  285-290.     1972. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  LIFE  HISTORY  OF  THE  PIUTE 
SCULPIN   IN  SAGEHEN  CREEK,  CALIFORNIA1 

ALBERT  C.  JONES 

Southeast  Fisheries  Center 

National  Marine  Fisheries  Service 

Miami,  Florida 

The  Piute  sculpin,  Cottus  beldingi  Eigenmann  and  Eigenmann,  is  the 
dominant  fish  by  number  and  weight  in  Sagehen  Creek,  a  mountain 
stream  on  the  east  slope  of  the  Sierra  Nevada.  Sculpins  are  at  their 
greatest  density  in  the  middle  part  of  the  creek  where  they,  along  with 
brook  trout  (Salvelinus  fontinalis)  and  rainbow  trout  (Sa/mo  gairdneri), 
find  good  foraging  for  bottom  dwelling  aquatic  insect  larvae.  The  num- 
bers of  sculpins  are  low  in  the  precipitous  headwaters  of  Sagehen  Creek 
and  also  low  in  the  lower  reaches  of  the  stream,  which  are  frequented 
by  their  chief  predator,  the  brown  trout  (Sa/mo  trutta),  and  by  other 
fishes.  Sculpins  in  Sagehen  Creek  and  Lake  Tahoe  exhibit  minor  differ- 
ences in  growth  and  reproduction  but  appear  to  occupy  a  similar  ecolog- 
ical niche  in  the  two  areas. 

INTRODUCTION 

The  Piute  sculpin  lives  in  lakes  and  streams  of  the  Lahontan  and 
Columbia  Kiver  Basins  of  the  western  United  States.  Baker  and  Cordone 
(1969)  and  Ebert  and  Summerfelt  (1969)  described  the  biology  of  C. 
beldingi  living  in  Lake  Tahoe,  an  oligotrophia  mountain  lake.  This  re- 
port concerns  the  Piute  sculpin  in  Sagehen  Creek,  a  nearby  mountain 
stream,  and  compares  the  biology  of  stream  and  lacustrine  dwellers  of 
this  species. 

Sagehen  Creek  is  a  spring-fed  stream  that  is  tributary  to  the  Little 
Truckee  Kiver,  itself  tributary  to  the  Truckee  Kiver  draining  Lake 
Tahoe.  The  creek  rises  in  the  Sierra  Nevada  at  an  altitude  of  7,400  ft, 
flows  through  a  watershed  approximately  19.2  square  miles  in  area, 
and  after  about  13  miles  enters  the  Little  Truckee  River  at  5,800  ft 
elevation.  Climatic  conditions  are  boreal.  Between  1954  and  1961,  mini- 
mum daily  flows  in  Sagehen  Creek  in  fall  ranged  from  1.0  to  2.6  cfs 
and  momentary  maximum  daily  flows  in  spring  ranged  from  27  to  212 
cfs  (Gard  and  Flittner  MS). 

ABUNDANCE 

The  Piute  sculpin  is  the  most  common  fish  in  Sagehen  Creek  and, 
by  number  and  weight,  is  a  significant  part  of  the  stream  ecosystem. 
The  population  density  (number  of  fish  per  acre)  of  sculpins  in  Sage- 
hen Creek  was  estimated  from  the  number  of  fish  collected  from  10 
short  sections  of  stream  (Table  1).  The  sections,  numbered  from  I  (up- 
stream) to  X  (downstream),  totaled  approximately  2,000  ft  in  length 
and  were  located  at  approximately  1-mile  intervals  along  the  course 
of  the  stream.  The  water  flow  was  diverted  from  each  section,  the 
pools  in  the  section  drained  with  a  pump,  and  the  fish  captured.  Later 
the  fish  were  returned  to  the  stream,  except  for  samples  retained  for 
study.  Details  of  the  collecting  methods  are  given  by  Flittner  (1953). 

1  Accepted  for  publication  March  1972. 

(285  ) 


286 


CALIFORNIA    FISH    AND  GAME 


o 


o   o 

u  • 

4)  •*. 
-Q    O 

M  g 
"Sf- 

*■     s 

3  -O  — 

BI'l 

<   «-    = 
C§| 

ffl   g-o 

2  Ȥ 

"a. 

_  X  -B 
4)  ^    O 

■Si>° 

O)  5  t, 

&>  g 

«-  o 
=  •  5C 

Q.  41  f- 
3    Q.~ 

2  "2 1 

3  .2  — 

an 


-1 
w 
OS 


LL, 


a 

m 

+a 

_= 

-3 
51 

- 

:. 

-- 

s 

0 

>, 

r 

_ 

- 

- 

- 

*  2 

-  5 


*   1 


o 
- 


-   z. 

z     t-. 


X     0, 


a 


- 


r 


3   3   3 

t-  >-  1-  i3 

.*  .*.*  -r  ■=  •-  •=  ■-  -  t 
3  3  3  _rr  ,r  .37  37  J7  #  ^ 

3   p  p  -  o  =  3  a  0  o 

-.3;  jr  e:    "  ^    o  o  o  *;  3 

—  —  —/.  X  X  X  X  —  x 


o  o  c  1:  ^  -  to  t»  n  n 

H^liQNiatDIXKON 
—   re  X  t-  ■* 


oraiooiNtootonoo 

::   >:    3   -  3   r-  N  »  ?l 
re  '.3  X  -r  OS  OS  t-  10 
■*  -?•"  x"  cm"  00 

CM  CM 


c  o  m  m  1;  h  1-  —  a 

—  w  :-  x  3-.  ei  -r>  w  cm 

^h  x  ro  o  os  t*i 


t>.  3~.  —  os  X  re  X  co  CM 
IDHOao>'*ll5  1»H 
—  X  X  — _  —  1-  ::  — 
i-J  10  cm"  to  os  :-" 


~    > 
>    =3 


J:  ^  i;  —  -~  "^  —    g 

0     =     3     3    3     ^  "= 


«  H  O  «  in  S  O 


X  r»  CO   ;3    3-.  —   CO   X  X  O 

3:ixh*xhoc^ 


H- 

— 

— 

— 

> 

> 

> 

> 

> 

y 

O 

-0 

3 

w 

X 

0) 

O 

*- 

0 

Q 

*■** 

* 

CO 

in 

0 

*■ 

■B 

E 

0 

CM 

IT, 

■ — • 

O 

-a 

fm 

0 

*- 

>*- 

w 

0 

0 

0 

C 

-D 

E 

0 

0 

a 

*- 
a 

£ 

C) 

a 

</> 

in 

^0 

0 

c 

s> 

0 

a 

*- 

0 

Ul 

c 

3 

CI 

01 

3 

0 

< 

0 

w 

C 

•  - 

■a 

JC 

c 

0 

a 

X 

L. 

1/1 

u 

u 

0 

o 
Eh 


oniC3N^3tocico 

::   '"   C   —  '-3  r~  t^  X  CI 

cQcoao^iOboat^ia 

—  -T<"  00  cm"  X 

CM  CM 


1    1  0 

1      1 

re 

O  t~ 

O 

O 

O 

t^ 

> 

10 

Cl 

1    1 13  0 

— 

35   C-5 

CO  to  LO 

1       •  CC   t-. 

h~ 

—   O 

i-H   IO  i-H 

> 

t^ 

^< 

13  X 

l3   • —   — 

M 

~ 

~ 

1      '  Ci  »— • 

-1 



•3  ~  ri 

.    . 

1       1  CM  CO 

X 

t»  r» 

—   33   X 

i-H    1^ 

<N 

—  m 

13    31 

1—" 

CM 

1     1  o>  0 

O 

,~   — 

c  re  t- 

1       1  CM 

X 

—    OS 

1 — 1 

^H 

0 

CO  CM 

— 1 

~ 

1     '  CM  r~ 

■     '  r:  N 

t-   :r 

h- 1 

r-  O 

-r  l3 

CS    i-H 

— 

- 

re  — 

r~ 

31 

CM 

41    41 

?  > 

a  •- 

•» 

c  e 

—  41 

in 

«  41 
c  S 

"5.  a 

_    4) 

3    »- 
w 

4) 
»  ■= 

•H 

Q.     o 


0     4- 

o 
c  c 
o 

5  2 

S  8 
a  > 

i-g 

wx 

4)    S 

<  £ 

■o  '5. 
S"3 
5  » 


"3 
0 

CH 

O  t~  3:  -"  3s  X  re  x  -3  ?i 

c-3i-r3^r:N-i 

— _  X_  X_  C _  —  t--  re  -h 

— "  13"  m"  -^'  3~*  re" 

> 

1  O  O  CD      '      '      '  C  C  O 

w 

0 

C 

U 

a 

3 

0 

CN 

1. 

31 

LU 

CO 

O 

< 

0) 

1- 

0 

> 

I-H 

1   -!"   t^  13       1       1       '    3S  O   OS 
1  CO  OS  lO       1       1       "  CM 
C                       .-H 

1— 

1  C   X  O      1      '      1  —  —  co 
1       —  —     1            —  ue  13 

IQ  H                         CO 

ei" 

M 

0 

129 

2,127 

2,449 
308 

17 

- 

1  re  13  c3     1     1     '  co  t^  0 

re  —  3:     1     1       —  — 

CO  -1                  to 

I-H 

— 

I-H 

> 

1— 1 

> 

> 

> 

> 

I-H 

X 

PIUTE   SCULPIN  287 

Seulpins  were  most  abundant  in  middle  Sagehen  Creek,  which  in- 
eluded  sections  IV- VIII,  where  the  stream  gradient  was  intermediate, 
the  bottom  consisted  of  gravel-rubble  and  brook  trout,  rainbow  trout, 
and  brown  trout  were  the  only  other  fish  present.  (A  few  individuals 
of  other  species  were  present  in  section  VIII  as  noted  below.)  Seulpins 
were  absent  or  scarce  in  upper  Sagehen  Creek  (sections  I-III) ,  which 
was  the  precipitous,  boulder-strewn  headwaters  of  the  stream  inhabited 
primarily  by  brook  trout.  Seulpins  also  were  scarce  in  lower  Sagehen 
Creek,  which  included  sections  IX  and  X,  where  the  stream  had  a  slight 
gradient,  a  bottom  of  gravel,  mud  and  clay,  and  a  fish  population  that 
included  in  addition  to  the  3  trouts,  Tahoe  suckers  (Catostomus  tahoen- 
sis),  mountain  suckers  (C  platyrhynchits),  Lahontan  redsides 
(Rieliardsonhis  egregius),  speckled  dace  (Rhinichthys  osculus),  and 
mountain  whitefish  (Prosopium  ivilliamsoiii).  The  non-salmonid  fishes 
in  sections  IX  and  X  also  occurred  in  reduced  numbers  in  section  VIII 
(Card  and  Flittner,  MS). 

The  apparent  success  of  seulpins  in  middle  Sagehen  Creek  may  be 
due  to  a  combination  of  favorable  conditions;  gravel  riffle  areas  which 
provide  cover  for  the  seulpins  and  a  substrate  for  their  forage  (bottom 
dwelling  aquatic  insect  larvae)  and  the  general  absence  or  scarcity  of 
predaceous  brown  trout.  In  Lake  Tahoe  seulpins  ranged  from  the  lit- 
toral zone  to  700  ft  in  depth,  but  similarly  were  most  common  in  the 
rubble-boulder  areas  of  intermediate  depth  which  offered  protection 
from  lake  trout  (Salvelinus  namaycush),  the  sculpin 's  chief  predator 
in  the  lake  (Baker  and  Cordone  1969). 

AGE  COMPOSITION 

Seulpins  in  Sagehen  Creek  reach  5  years  of  age,  determined  by  count- 
ing annuli  in  otoliths.  Calculated  age  distributions  of  the  sculpin  popu- 
lations in  sections  I-X  are  shown  in  Table  2.  In  1953,  1-year-old  fish 
(the  1952  year  class)  made  up  82%  of  the  total  number  of  seulpins 
sampled,  but  in  1952,  1-year-old  fish  made  up  only  11%  of  the  total 
number  of  seulpins.  Seegrist  and  Gard  (in  press)  reported  that  the 
severe  spring  floods  in  1952  decimated  the  eggs  of  spring-spawning 
rainbow  trout.  Our  observations  indicate  that  the  high-water  conditions 
present  in  the  summer  of  1952  may  have  benefited  the  survival  of 
young-of-the-year  seulpins.  In  sections  IX  and  X,  1-year-old  seulpins 
were  less  numerous  than  2-year-olds  in  both  1952  and  1953;  this  sug- 
gests that  reproduction  in  lower  Sagehen  Creek  is  relatively  unsuccess- 
ful and  that  the  sculpin  population  there  is  maintained  partly  by  mi- 
gration into  the  area. 

REPRODUCTION 

Piute  seulpins  spawn  a  small  number  of  eggs  which  are  relatively 
large  in  size.  The  fecundity  of  70  fish  from  65  to  86  mm  tl  ranged 
from  77  to  235  (average  132).  The  linear  regression  of  fecundity  on 
total  length  of  fish  was  Y  =  --151.59  +  3.81X,  r  =  0.69,  P  <  0.01. 
Eggs  taken  from  the  ovaries  of  several  unspawned  females  collected 
during  the  spawning  season  averaged  2.54  mm  in  diameter  and  water- 
hardened  eggs  collected  from  the  two  nests  averaged  2.90  and  2.97  mm. 


288  CALIFORNIA  PISH   AND  GAME 

Measurements  of  the  eggs  were  made  after  the  fish  had  been  preserved 
initially  in  10%  formalin  and  then  transferred  to  60%  ethyl  alcohol. 

The  spawning  season  of  sculpins  in  Sagehen  Creek  in  1953  was  short. 
At  section  VI  the  first  spawned-out  female  was  collected  on  June  2 
and  by  June  8  all  females  collected  in  this  section  had  spawned.  Males 
also  appeared  to  be  in  spawning  condition  for  only  a  short  time.  Males 
from  which  milt  could  be  extruded  by  applying  pressure  to  the  abdo- 
men were  collected  in  section  VI  only  from  June  1  to  8.  The  average 
daily  maximum  and  minimum  water  temperatures  at  this  location  were 
52.2  F  and  38.3  F  (May  25-31)  and  57.0  F  and  40.1  F  (June  1-7). 
Water  temperatures  are  lower  upstream  from  section  VI  and  higher 
downstream  (Gard  and  Flittner  MS),  so  that  if  spawning  time  is 
dependent  on  water  temperature,  spawning  probably  occurs  at  dif- 
ferent times  in  different  sections  of  the  creek. 

Sculpins  in  Lake  Tahoe  spawned  primarily  in  May  and  June  (Ebert 
and  Summerfelt  1969).  The  report  by  Miller  (1951)  of  ripe  female 
sculpins  in  lake  trout  stomachs  (which  are  inhabitants  of  the  deeper, 
cooler  water)  as  late  as  August  28  suggests  that  the  spawning  season 
in  Lake  Tahoe  also  varies  in  different  parts  of  the  lake  in  relation  to 
temperature.  The  average  fecundity  of  Lake  Tahoe  sculpins  (123) 
(Ebert  and  Summerfelt  1969)  was  close  to  that  of  sculpins  in  Sagehen 
Creek. 

The  two  sculpin  nests  observed  in  the  spawning  season  of  1953  were 
located  in  riffle  areas  of  the  stream,  under  rocks  8  to  12  inches  in 
diameter  and  in  water  6  to  10  inches  deep.  Egg  clusters  were  attached 
to  the  undersurface  of  the  rocks.  Each  female  sculpin  apparently 
spawns  only  once  per  year  and  presumably  deposits  a  single  egg 
cluster,  since  the  number  of  eggs  in  the  two  nests  (122  and  160)  was 
close  to  the  average  fecundity. 

In  the  month  previous  to  spawning,  female  sculpins  contained  two 
distinct  size  groups  of  ovarian  eggs.  The  smaller,  immature  eggs  were 
less  than  0.60  mm  in  diameter  and  the  mature  eggs  were  1.55  to  3.55 
mm  in  diameter.  ( The  preserved  eggs  were  usually  misshapen ;  and, 
as  a  result,  their  diameters  had  a  greater  than  normal  range.)  After 
spawning,  only  immature  eggs  were  present ;  enlargement  of  the  ova 
preparatory  to  the  next  season's  spawning  was  not  noticeable  until 
October. 

GROWTH 

Sculpins  in  Sagehen  Creek  grew  primarily  from  May  to  October. 
Age  group  0  sculpins  sampled  in  section  VI  increased  from  12.0  mm 
in  August  to  25.4  mm  in  October.  Growth  slowed  after  October;  in 
January  the  average  length  was  only  24.5  mm.  Growth  from  January 
to  May  is  probably  also  slow,  since  age  group  I  fish  collected  in  January 
1954  (24.5  mm)  were  about  the  same  size  as  age  group  I  fish  collected 
in  May  1953  (24.8  mm).  The  length  of  age  group  I  fish  increased  from 
24.8  mm  in  May  to  54.4  mm  in  October.  By  January  the  I  age  group 
had  increased  to  only  58.0  mm.  Older  sculpins  also  increased  most  in 
length  from  May  to  October  but  little  from  October  to  May. 

The  increased  growth  rate  of  Sagehen  Creek  sculpins  observed  in 
spring  and  summer  corresponds  with  the  higher  water  temperatures  in 


PIUTE   SCULPIN  289 

these  months;  the  mean  daily  maximum  water  temperature  was  higher 
than  50  F  only  in  the  months  of  May  through  October  (Needham  and 
Jones  1959).  Ebert  and  Summerfelt  (1969)  concluded  that  the  Piute 
sculpin  in  Lake  Tahoe  grows  primarily  in  the  spring  and  early  summer 
and  found  a  larger  volume  of  food  in  their  stomachs  in  spring  and 
summer  compared  to  fall  and  winter.  Sculpins  in  Lake  Tahoe  were 
generally  larger  at  a  given  age  than  those  in  Sagehen  Creek,  especially 
for  younger  age  groups.  No  records  of  water  temperature  were  avail- 
able to  interpret  the  seasonal  growth  patterns  in  Lake  Tahoe  as  com- 
pared to  Sagehen  Creek. 

The  sculpins  collected  in  August  1953  in  the  downstream  sections  of 
Sagehen  Creek  were  larger  than  those  in  the  upstream  sections.  This 
difference  was  probably  because  during  most  of  the  year  water  temper- 
atures are  higher  in  the  downstream  portion  of  the  stream  and  as  a 
result  the  growth  rate  is  more  rapid.  Card  and  Seegrist  (in  press) 
also  found  increased  growth  of  brook,  rainbow,  and  brown  trout  at 
lower  elevations  of  Sagehen  Creek. 

Male  sculpins  grow  faster  than  females.  The  difference  in  growth 
rate  between  the  sexes  was  apparent  in  age  group  I  individuals  col- 
lected in  August,  when  sexual  differentiation  of  the  gonads  was  first 
apparent  from  gross  examination.  The  growth  curve  for  males  was 
L  =  44.4  t  °-5415,  where  L  =  total  length  (mm)  and  t  —  age  (years). 
The  growth  curve  for  females  was  L  =  43.4  t  °-4793.  Males  apparently 
live  longer  than  females;  out  of  12,  5-year-old  fish  collected,  11  were 
males. 

The  relationship  between  length  (mm)  and  weight  (g)  of  Sagehen 
Creek  sculpins  was  W  =  8.8356  X  KHL3-10817. 

DISCUSSION 

The  Piute  sculpin  is  the  most  abundant  fish  in  Sagehen  Creek  and 
is  the  dominant  species  in  the  gravel-rubble  parts  of  the  stream  where 
the  gradient  is  intermediate.  Brook  trout  and  rainbow  trout  coexist 
with  sculpins  throughout  the  stream;  brown  trout,  which  inhabit  pri- 
marily the  lower  sections  of  the  creek,  are  their  most  important  preda- 
tor. Predation,  food  supply,  and  stream  flow  may  be  factors  which 
limit  population  size.  Growth  and  spawning  time  of  sulpins  in  Sagehen 
Creek  are  related  to  the  seasonal  cycle  of  water  temperature  and  are 
different  in  Sagehen  Creek  than  in  Lake  Tahoe.  Except  for  minor 
differences  in  biology,  the  Piute  sculpin  appears  to  occupy  a  similar 
ecological  niche  in  the  two  areas. 


JoJ 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

The  University  of  California  Sagehen  Creek  Wildlife  and  Fisheries 
Research  Station  was  initiated  by  Dr.  Paul  E..  Needham  who  directed 
its  activities  until  his  death  in  1964.  This  paper  is  dedicated  to  Dr. 
Needham. 

REFERENCES 

Baker,  Phillip  M.,  and  Almo  J.  Cordone.  1969.  Distribution,  size  composition,  and 
relative  abundance  of  the  Piute  sculpin,  G'ottus  beldingii  Eigenmann  and  Eigen- 
mann,  in  Lake  Tahoe.  Calif.  Fish  Game  55  (4)  :  285-297. 


290  CALIFORNIA   FISH    AXD   GAME 

Ebert.  Verlyn  W.,  and  Robert  C.  Summerfelt.  1969.  Contributions  to  the  life 
history  of  the  Piute  sculpin,  Coitus  beldingii  Eigenmann  and  Eigenmann,  in  Lake 
Tahoe.  Calif.  Fish  Game  55  (2) :  100-120. 

Flittner.  (llenn  Anion.  1953.  The  composition  and  distribution  of  the  fish  popu- 
lations in  Sagehen  Creek,  Nevada-Sierra  counties.  MA  Thesis  (Zoology),  Univer- 
sity of  California,  Berkeley,  150  p. 

Gard.  R.,  and  D.  W.  Seegrist.  (In  press).  Abundance  and  harvest  of  trout  in  Sagehen 
Creek.  California.  Amer.  Fish.  Soc,  Trans. 

Gard,  R.,  and  (llenn  A.  Flittner.  (MS).  A  ten-year  study  of  distribution  and 
abundance  of  fishes  in  Sagehen  Creek,  California.  MS,  Univ.  of  California,  School 
of  Forestry  and  Conservation. 

Miller,  Richard  Gordon.  1951.  The  natural  history  of  Lake  Tahoe  fishes.  Ph.  D. 
Thesis.   Stanford  University,  100  p. 

Needham,  Paul  R.,  and  Albert  C.  Jones.  1959.  Flow,  temperature,  solar  radia- 
tion, and  ice  in  relation  to  activities  of  fishes  in  Sagehen  Creek,  California. 
Ecology  40  (3)  :  465-474. 

Seegrist,  1 ».  W.,  and  R.  Gard.  (In  press).  Effects  of  floods  on  trout  in  Sagehen 
Creek,  California.  Amer.  Fish.  Soc.  Trans. 


Calif.  Fish  and  Game,  58(4)  :  291-205.     1972. 


THE  EFFECTS  OF  DIESEL  FUEL  ON  A 
STREAM  FAUNA1 

R.   BRUCE   BURY 

Museum  of  Vertebrate  Zoology 

University  of  California,  Berkeley  94720 

The  spillage  of  approximately  2,000  gallons  of  diesel  fuel  into  Hay- 
fork Creek,  California,  resulted  in  a  large  kill  of  invertebrates,  fishes, 
and  other  life.  Subsequent  effects  on  the  stream  fauna  are  discussed. 
This  study  examines  the  increasing  threat  of  pollution  in  remote  areas 
due  to  the  transportation  of  petrochemicals. 

INTRODUCTION 

"Water  pollution  by  petroleum  products  is  a  serious  environmental 
problem,  since  oily  substances  contain  toxic  components  and,  in  general, 
are  stable  compounds  that  can  remain  in  an  ecosystem  for  a  relatively 
long  time.  Oil  spills  have  caused  widespread  detrimental  effects  in 
California  waters  and  elsewhere  (McCaull  1969;  Mitchell,  et  al.  1970; 
Blumer,  et  al.  1971;  and  Straughan  1971). 

McKee  (1956)  reported  that  petroleum  products  can  be  detrimental 
to  aquatic  organisms  in  the  following  ways:  (i)  free  oil  and  emulsions 
may  act  on  the  epithelial  surfaces  of  fish,  thereby  interfering  with 
respiration,  or  may  coat  and  destroy  algae  and  plankton,  which  remove 
sources  of  food;  (ii)  oily  substances  that  settle  to  the  bottom  may 
coat  and  destroy  benthal  organisms,  and  interfere  with  spawning  areas; 
(iii)  soluble  and  emulsified  material  may  be  ingested  by  fish  and  thereby 
taint  the  flavor  of  the  flesh,  or  water-soluble  parts  may  have  a  direct 
toxic  action  on  aquatic  life;  (iv)  organic  materials  may  deoxygenate 
the  water  sufficiently  to  kill  fish;  and  (v)  heavy  coatings  of  free  oil 
on  the  surface  may  interfere  with  reaeration  and  photosynthesis. 

Distilled  petroleum  substances  are  immediately  toxic  to  animal  life. 
Gutsell  (1921)  found  gasoline  had  a  toxic  effect  on  rainbow  trout 
(Salmo  gairdneri)  at  about  100  mg/liter.  McKee  and  Wolf  (1963) 
reported  that  agitated  solutions  of  automobile  gasoline  at  a  concentra- 
tion of  100  mg/liter  and  jet  aviation  fuel  at  500  mg/liter  is  lethal  to 
fingerling  salmon  (Oncorhynchus  sp.).  Diesel  fuel  is  acutely  toxic  to 
rainbow  trout  within  the  range  of  350  to  1,000  mg/liter  (Richard 
Hansen,  pers.  comm.). 

There  are  relatively  few  documented  cases  of  oil  pollution  in  fresh- 
waters.  In  fact,  Wilbur  (1969)  stated  that  there  is  such  limited  in- 
formation on  the  effects  of  oily  wastes  in  water  on  livestock  and  wildlife 
that  any  extended  discussion  would  be  futile.  Swift  et  al.  (1969)  sur- 
veyed the  literature  on  the  biological  and  ecological  effects  following  an 
oil  spillage,  noting  that  while  some  information  is  available  on  the  dam- 
age that  can  occur,  few  quantitative  and  coherent  data  are  available 
to  assess  past  incidents  or  to  predict  potential  effects  in  the  future. 

1  Accepted  for  publication  March  1972. 

(291) 


292  CALIFORNIA    FISH    AND    GAME 

The  present  study  reports  the  detrimental  effects  of  diesel  fuel,  a  mod- 
erately toxic  substance,  on  an  unspoiled  freshwater  stream. 

On  July  28,  1970,  the  rear  tank  section  fell  off  a  truck  on  a  sharp 
curve  along  U.  S.  Forest  Service  Road  2N01.  The  accident  occurred 
about  0.5  miles  upstream  from  the  'fish  ladders,'  Hayfork  Creek,  a 
tributary  of  the  Trinity  River,  Trinity  County,  California  (about  7  air 
miles  SSE  of  the  town  of  Hayfork).  The  4,000-gallon  tank,  reported  to 
be  about  half  full  of  diesel  fuel,  burst  when  it  rolled  down  a  steep 
canyon.  Some  of  the  fuel  evaporated  or  soaked  into  the  ground,  but 
about  2.000  Gallons  entered  the  creek. 


&' 


MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

A  survey  of  the  biological  effects  of  the  diesel  fuel  spill  in  the  creek 
was  conducted  from  1  to  2.5  miles  downstream  from  the  site  of  the 
accident  because  the  pre-spill  conditions  in  this  area  were  well  known. 
Field  studies  had  been  carried  out  along  this  part  of  the  creek  during 
the  summers  1968  to  1969  and  in  June  and  July,  1970  (Bury  1972). 
The  study  area  consisted  of  36  pools  varying  in  size  from  5  to  50  yards 
long,  mostly  10  to  20  yards,  and  5  to  10  yards  wide.  The  pools  are  3  to 
12  ft  deep  in  the  summer  and  are  connected  by  long,  shallow  riffles  0.5 
to  1  ft  deep.  For  comparison  of  the  effects  of  the  diesel  fuel  on  the 
stream  fauna,  the  surveyed  area  was  divided  into  10  equal  parts  with 
each  section  800  ft  in  length.  Dead  animals  were  counted  in  the  study 
area  from  August  1  through  5  and  then  periodically  until  mid-Sep- 
tember. 

EFFECTS  ON  THE  FAUNA 

The  diesel  fuel  entered  the  study  area  about  36  hr  after  the  accident. 
Initially  a  thin  film  of  fuel  extended  entirely  across  the  surface  of  the 
creek.  The  first  effects  were  observed  on  the  morning  of  July  31,  1970, 
when  the  normally  clear  waters  turned  a  murky,  brown  color  with 
visibility  less  than  1  ft  and  small  droplets  of  fuel  floated  on  the  sur- 
face. 

Most  animals  were  adversely  affected  1  to  4  days  after  the  fuel 
entered  the  study  area.  Thousands  of  aquatic  insects  perished,  espe- 
cially water  boatmen  (Corixidae),  belostamatid  water  bugs,  water 
striders  (Gerridae),  adult  and  larval  diving  beetles  (Dytiscidae),  may- 
fly nymphs  (Ephemeroptera),  and  dragonfly  and  damselfly  nymphs 
(Odonata).  Many  crayfish  (Astacus  sp.)  were  actively  moving  in  the 
creek  during  daylight  hours,  a  condition  which  had  not  been  noticed  in 
previous  years.  Ten  crayfish  were  found  dead.  Hundreds  of  aquatic 
leeches  (Class  Hirudinae)  and  freshwater  planarians  (Planariidae) 
were  killed. 

Over  2,500  fishes  were  killed,  including  about  1,000  lamprey  ammo- 
coetes  (Entosphenus  tridcntatus).  688  small-sealed  suckers  (Catostomus 
rimiculus) ,  75  speckled  dace  (Rkinichthys  osculus),  and  849  rainbow 
trout  (Table  1).  Further,  several  fishes  were  seen  near  the  surface, 
mouths  gaping  and  then  slowly  sinking  into  the  murky  water.  In  one 
pool  I  observed  a  7-inch  trout  moving  slowly  along  the  bottom  upside 
down,  and  a  12-inch  fish  swimming  on  its  side  near  the  surface.  Other 
trout  in  the  pool  remained  almost  motionless  near  the  bottom,  fre- 
quently gaping  widely. 


EFFECTS  OF  DIESEL  FUEL 


293 


o 

IN 


O 

u 


E 
0 


E 

o 

*- 
B 
O 

3 


a 
x 

o> 

o 


*- 
O 
k 
/J 
0) 
1- 
i- 

01 

> 


CO 

< 


Li 

"5      V 

-t-3  7^ 

HNM^Clrt-tHOtDO 

OS 

TfLiicftDntocioo 

SO 

o  S 

HOfM^NNHrtrH 

-* 

H    3 

rt 

-r 

-a 

1      ,      ,       |  ,_, 

,_, 

« 

tn 

<U 

1      T— 1              1              1             1             1              1             1             1              1 

I-H 

1                             1              1               1              1              t              1              1              1 

Li 

3 

H 

S 

2 

OMOOOOHrf       i       t  ,-i 

to 

M 

CO 

cS 

C 

» 

« 

CJ 

^ 

OKOO00NOKH--00 

CO 

CL 

00  -.O  ^   -t<   LO   IN  O  O  CO  iO 

-t< 

CO  C*l   CO   i-l  —1   "-I   CO 

00 

ca 

H 

1 

O    r-Q 

-     - 

«°  S 

HSMMlOMNSC   '" 

to 

G  -*^ 

O  -S 

cinioio^oOHion 

l> 

S    O 

CO  i-l                                 i-i 

Ci 

<    ° 

o 

Q 

CO    ^ 

lOOHHflOMClH       I 

LO 

O  J3 

^H    (N                      i-H    --I    — 1                            ' 

l> 

m 

o 

"5   2 

enMcooMOooiCH 

oo 

4<! 

O  -3 

o  h  c-i  i-i  o  n  h       —i 

00 

O 

-^   o 

C1H                    rt            rf 

to 

■H     S 

CO 

O 

r-H      ^ 

G> 

1       1  i—4       1  *— •       ■       ■       1       1       1 

cq 

o  _c 

II               1               1       1       I       I        I 

+J     o 

co.2 

,"H 

CI 

^H       « 

OJ 

1       1       1       1       1  i— 1       1       1       1       1 

O  J3 

I       I       I       I       I               I       1       1       1 

-l>     o 

o  .3 

m 

0J 

CO 

-3 

&  s 

HHINHNnMClCl       i 

C-l 

O  -3 

1 

IN 

'5 

■f     o 

O 

i-.9 

C3 

0} 

<°   £ 

MiOClWONmOJC)      i 

O 

O  _3 

i-H          i-l  r-l  T-i          CM                      1 

OS 

-^   o 

-*.S 

"  s 

OO-fOOClNOO'liiO 

lO 

O  -C 

OOCOt-li-ii.'0-^<Nt^ 

C-l 

-^    o 

i— 1    i-H                      .— 1             .— 1 

t~ 

'-<  .2 

1 

3 

"3 

o 

+3 

o 

H 

0> 

CO 

rtcin-tmoNoooo 

294  CALIFORNIA  PISH    A\"I>  GAME 

Tadpoles  and  partly  metamorphosized  individuals  of  the  foothill  yel- 
low-legged frog  (Edna  boylei)  were  killed  in  large  numbers.  Xo  adult 
frogs  were  found  dead.  Thirty-six  western  aquatic  garter  snakes 
Thamnophis  couchi  were  killed.  Several  snakes  were  seen  that  ap- 
peared to  be  noticeably  sluggish  in  their  movements. 

Subsequent  to  the  initial  toxic  impact  on  the  stream  other  effects  were 
"1  -i  rvcd.  Large  quantities  of  dead  animals  and  algae  (Spirogyra  sp.. 
Cladophora  sp..  Zygnema  sp.)  sank  to  the  bottom  or  formed  floating 
mats.  Some  of  the  surface  masses  were  2  to  4  inches  thick  and  covered 
several  square  yards.  A  log  across  the  surface  of  one  pool  caused  ac- 
cumulation of  floating  material  that  covered  an  area  20  ft  wide  and 
-Id  ft  long.  Loose  aggregations  of  organic  matter  accumulated  on  the 
bottom  where  there  was  little  current,  and  in  places  formed  a  slurry 
6  to  12  inches  deep.  The  organic  matter  putrefied  rapidly  and  formed 
a  layer  of  scum  on  the  bottom  of  the  creek.  Most  of  the  diesel  fuel  was 
flushed  out  of  the  study  area  3  weeks  after  the  spill,  but  some  fuel 
remained  trapped  in  the  accumulations  of  dead  organic  matter  and 
small  slicks  of  fuel  were  observed  until  mid-September  when  observa- 
tions ended. 

On  August  8.  a  dead  common  merganser  Mergus  merganser)  was 
found  along  the  creek  and  its  feathers  were  in  disarray  and  smelled  of 
diesel.  On  September  10.  a  pond  turtle  (Clemmys  marmorata)  measur- 
ing 5  inches  in  shell  length  was  found  dead  on  the  bottom  of  a  pool. 
Two  young  ones,  alive,  but  in  poor  condition,  were  found  on  the  shores 
of  other  pools.  The  eyes  and  necks  of  all  these  turtles  were  swollen. 
Movements  of  both  young  turtles  were  uncoordinated  and  they  were 
unable  to  either  swim  or  sink.  Also.  30  pond  turtles  captured  in  early 
September  had  sloughed  off  pieces  of  epidermis  on  their  appendages. 
and  their  necks  and  eyes  were  swollen. 

DISCUSSION  AND  CONCLUSIONS 

The  large  die-off  of  animals  was  a  direct  result  of  the  diesel  fuel  pol- 
lution. Only  rarely  was  a  dead  animal  found  in  the  creek  during  prior 
studies,  and  usually  these  were  due  to  predation.  The  toxicity  of  the 
fuel  killed  most  animals  on  contact  and,  later,  caused  other  detrimental 
effects  to  the  stream  fauna  due  to  large  quantities  of  putrefying  organic 
matter. 

Many  fishes  displayed  unusual  behavior  due  to  irritating  or  immobi- 
lizing effects  of  the  diesel  fuel.  Adult  frogs  were  not  killed,  and  their 
survival  is  related  to  their  mode  of  life.  Frogs  usually  rest  along  banks 
out  of  water  and  feed  principally  on  live  insects.  Hundreds  of  tadpoles 
perished  since  they  were  directly  exposed  to  the  fuel  in  the  water  and. 
perhaps,  ingested  tainted  algae.  Garter  snakes  probably  died  because 
they  regularly  swim  in  the  water  and  prey  on  tadpoles  and  fish.  Ex- 
posure to  the  fuel  and  ingestion  of  food  contaminated  with  fuel  may 
have  killed  the  pond  turtle  and  common  merganser. 

There  was  a  heavy  concentration  and  prolonged  exposure  to  the  fuel 
in  the  upstream  parts  of  the  study  area,  and  the  mortalities  were 
greater  than  in  sections  farther  downstream  where  the  fuel  was  diluted. 
evaporated,  or  dispersed  sufficiently  To  have  a  reduced  impact  on  the 
stream  fauna.  There  were  2,952  dead  vertebrates  found  in  sections  1 


EFFECTS  OF  DIESEL  FUEL  295 

through  5,  and  1,517  in  the  downstream  sections  6  through  10  (Table 
1 ) .  Although  no  dead  organisms  "were  found  farther  than  5  miles  down- 
stream from  the  site  of  the  spillage,  chronic  toxicity  and  other  sub- 
lethal effects  may  have  extended  many  miles  along  the  creek. 

Blumer  et  al.  (1971)  reported  that  hydrocarbons  taken  up  into  the 
fat  and  flesh  of  fish  and  shellfish  are  not  removed  by  excretion  or  by 
internal  metabolic  processes,  and  that  these  substances  remain  in  the 
animals  for  long  periods  of  time,  possibly  for  their  entire  lives.  They 
state  that  crude  oil  and  oil  products  are  persistent  poisons,  resembling 
in  their  longevity  DDT  and  other  synthetic  materials.  It  is  expected 
that  the  diesel  fuel  pollution  of  Hayfork  Creek  resulted  in  long  term 
effects  on  the  stream  fauna. 

Caution  in  the  transport  of  oily  substances  is  obviously  required  to 
prevent  accidental  spills,  especially  in  the  vicinity  of  flowing  waters 
because  pollutants  can  be  dispersed  great  distances  in  a  relatively  short 
time.  Bonig  (1965)  reported  that  a  great  deal  of  oil  pollution  occurs  in 
spite  of  safety  measures.  Persons  who  dispense  or  transport  petroleum 
products  need  to  be  acutely  aware  of  the  great  damage  that  these  sub- 
stances have  on  fisheries  and  wildlife  resources. 

The  risk  of  accidental  spills  of  petroleum  products  is  an  ever  present 
danger  of  pollution  to  aquatic  ecosystems  and  will  undoubtedly  increase 
with  rising  consumption  and  transportation  of  fossil  fuels.  Tliis  study 
indicates  that  oil  pollution  is  a  serious  threat  to  life  even  in  remote, 
unspoiled  streams  and  rivers. 

ACKNOWLEDGMEN1S 

I  thank  Dr.  Bobert  C.  Stebbins  for  his  careful  review  and  comments 
on  the  manuscript,  and  Mr.  Biehard  Hansen  for  providing  helpful 
information  on  the  pollution  at  Hayfork  Creek. 

REFERENCES 

Blumer,  M.,  H.  L.   Sanders,  J.  F.  Grassle,  and  G.  R.  Hampson.     1071.     A  small 

oil  spill.  Environment  13(2)  :2-12. 
B 'nig.     1965.     Danger  to  waters   from  the   use   and   storage   of  oily   substances   in 

industry  and  their  prevention.  Industrieabwasser,  1965  :51-57. 
Bury,  R.  B.     1972.     Habits  and  home  range  of  the  Pacific  pond   turtle,   Clemmys 

marmorata,  in  a  stream  community.  Ph.D.  Thesis.  Univ.  California.  Berkeley. 
Gutsell,  J.  S.     1921.     Danger  to  fisheries  from  oil  and  tar  pollution  of  waters.  Bur. 

of  Fisheries.  Doc.  910,  Appendix  to  Pep.,  U.S.  Comm.  of  Fisheries.  10  p. 
McCaull,   J.     19G9.     The  black  tide.   Environment   11(9)  :2-16. 
McKee,  J.  E.     1956.     Report  on  oily  substances  and  their  effects  on  the  beneficial 

uses  of  water.  Calif.  Water  Poll.  Control  Board,  Publ.  No.  16.  71  p. 

—  and  II.  W.  Wolf,  eds.     1963.     Water  quality  criteria,  2nd  ed.  Calif.  Water 

Quality  Board,  Publ.  Xo.  3-A.  548  p. 
Mitchell,  C.  T.,  E.  K.  Anderson,  L.  G.  Jones,  and  W.  J.  North.     1970.     What  oil 

does  to  ecology.  J.  Water  Pollut.  Control  Fed.  42(5)  :812-81S. 
Straughan,  D.     1971.     Biological  and  oceanographical  survey  of  the  Santa  Barbara 

Channel  oil  spill.   Vol.   I.   Biology   and   bacteriology.   Allen   Hancock   Foundation, 

Univ.  So.  Calif.  Sea  Grant  Publ.  No.  2.  426  p. 
Swift,  W.   H.,   C.   J.   Touhill.   W.   L.   Templeton,   and   D.    P.   Roseman.     1960.     Oil 

spillage  prevention,  control,  and  restoration — state  of  the  art  and  research  needs. 

J.  Wat.  Pollut.  Control   Fed.  41(3)  :392-412. 
Wilber,  C.  G.     1969.     The  biological  aspects  of  water  pollution.  Charles  C.  Thomas, 

Springfield,  Illinois.  296  p. 


Calif.  Fish  and  Game,  5S(4)  :  29G-314.     1972. 


A  SUBPOPULATION   STUDY  OF  THE 
PACIFIC  SARDINE1 

KENNETH   F.  MAIS 

Marine  Resources  Region 
California   Department  of  Fish  and  Game 

A  subpopulation  study  was  made  of  Pacific  sardines  inhabiting  the 
west  coast  of  North  America  and  Mexico.  A  method  of  statistical  treat- 
ment was  utilized  to  determine  the  amount  of  overlap  of  single  and 
combined  meristic  and  morphometric  characters.  Results  indicate  the 
existence  of  three  stocks  centered  in  California,  Baja  California  (Mexico), 
and  the  Gulf  of  California  (Mexico).  California  and  Baga  California  fish 
were  very  similar,  but  Gulf  of  California  sardines  appear  to  be  a  more 
distinctive  and  separate  stock. 

INTRODUCTION 

The  Pacific  sardine,  Sardinops  caeruleus,  inhabits  coastal  waters 
from  British  Columbia,  Canada,  southward  to  the  tip  of  Baja  Califor- 
nia, Mexico,  including  the  Gulf  of  California.  In  former  years,  sardines 
were  common  throughout  their  range  and  were  abundant  in  central 
and  southern  California  where  they  supported  a  very  large  and  valu- 
able commercial  fishery.  The  population  is  at  an  extremely  low  level  at 
present  (1971).  In  the  past  18  years,  sardines  have  disappeared  from 
the  northern  limits  of  the  range  and  are  generally  very  scarce  in  areas 
of  former  abundance.  They  are  common  only  in  the  southern  half  of 
Baja  California,  Mexico,  including  the  Gulf  of  California.  The  fishery 
was  maintained  at  a  high  level  in  the  1930 's  and  early  40 's  with  yearly 
catches  exceeding  400,000  tons.  A  drastic  decline  followed  which  even- 
tually resulted  in  a  moratorium  limiting  the  catch  to  250  tons  in  Cali- 
fornia. 

There  have  been  three  brief  upsurges  since  the  decline  began  in  1946. 
At  least  two  of  these,  1954-55  and  1958-59  seasons,  were  attributed  to 
sardines  migrating  from  Mexico  since  no  large  incoming  year  classes 
or  adults  were  present  previously  (Ahlstrom  1959 ;  Calif.  Mar.  Res. 
Comm.  1960). 

These  apparent  migrations  indicated  the  necessity  of  identifying  and 
delineating  sardine  subpopulations.  Does  the  fishery  draw  on  one  homo- 
geneous population  or  several?  If  more  than  one  subpopulation  exists, 
what  proportion  does  each  contribute  to  the  fishery?  Does  a  sudden 
upsurge  in  landings  represent  entry  of  a  good  year  class  or  a  migration 
of  a  stock  from  outside  the  normal  fishery  range? 

Previous  studies  relating  to  sardine  subpopulations  have  been  con- 
ducted by  a  number  of  investigators.  Clark  (1947)  compared  vertebral 
counts  of  a  large  number  of  specimens  over  the  species'  range.  Results 
indicated  a  heterogeneous  group  from  British  Columbia  to  Point  Eu- 
genia central  Baja  California,  Mexico.  A  second  group  that  appeared 
to  be  separate  and  not  mixing  to  any  extent  with  the  first  group  inhab- 

1  Accepted  for  publication  April  1972. 

(29G  ) 


SARDINE  STUDY  297 

ited  the  Gulf  of  California  and  southern  Baja  California,  Mexico. 
McHugh  (1950)  using  larval  and  post  larval  material  demonstrated 
different  rates  of  development  and  growth  of  various  body  parts  by 
morphometrical  comparisons  of  fish  from  southern  California  and  Baja 
California,  Mexico.  Radovich  and  Phillips  (1952)  found  sardines  of  the 
same  year  class  were  larger  in  southern  California  than  those  in  central 
Baja  California,  Mexico.  Felin  (1951)  made  a  similar  study  of  fish 
from  California  and  the  Pacific  Northwest  and  found  different  growth 
characteristics  between  the  two  areas. 

Age  and  size  composition  of  the  commercial  catch  of  central  Baja 
California  indicate  sardines  have  a  slower  growth  rate,  a  larger  number 
of  age  groups,  and  a  smaller  maximum  size  than  California  fish  (A\7olf 
and  Daugherty  1964).  Egg  and  larvae  surveys  by  the  National  Marine 
Fisheries  Service  (formerly  the  U.S.  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries) 
discovered  a  summer  spawning  group  in  central  Baja  California  in 
addition  to  the  regular  spring  spawners.  These  spawning  groups  may 
be  evidence  of  subpopulations.  A  California  Department  of  Fish  and 
Game  tagging  program  (Clark  and  Janssen  1945)  indicated  extensive 
migration  between  California  and  the  Pacific  Northwest,  and  to  a  lesser 
degree  between  California  and  central  Baja  California,  Mexico.  Blood 
genetic  studies  by  Vrooman  (1964)  indicate  three  subpopulations: 
northern,  which  ranges  from  California  to  northern  Baja  California; 
southern,  which  ranges  from  Baja  California  to  southern  California ; 
and  gulf,  which  is  confined  to  the  Gulf  of  California. 

MATERIAL 

Most  specimens  for  this  study  were  collected  from  1958  to  1962  on 
routine  fish  surveys  by  the  California  Department  of  Fish  and  Game. 
These  surveys  were  conducted  primarily  to  assess  sardine  year  class 
strength  and  covered  the  species'  present  range  which  is  from  San 
Francisco  southward  to  and  including  the  Gulf  of  California.  Sampling 
was  accomplished  by  attracting  fish  with  a  night  light  and  capturing 
them  with  a  blanket  net.  A  few  samples  of  adults  were  obtained  from 
central  and  southern  California  commercial  catches.  Several  samples  of 
juveniles  were  obtained  from  southern  California  live  bait  haulers.  One 
exotic  sample  originated  in  the  Galapagos  Islands  off  South  America. 

Originally  only  spawning  adults  were  to  be  used  for  the  study,  but 
difficulty  in  capturing  sufficient  numbers  necessitated  taking  all  sizes 
and  stages  of  sexual  maturity.  Although  collections  were  made  over  a 
period  of  years,  most  samples  were  taken  in  1958-1959.  Southern  Cali- 
fornia samples  were  taken  over  the  greatest  time  span  and  during  more 
seasons  of  the  year.  This  area  also  was  the  most  intensively  sampled. 
Many  Mexican  samples  were  taken  during  fall  and  summer  months. 
Gulf  of  California  fish  were  taken  on  three  survey  cruises  at  various 
times  of  the  year.  During  the  later  stages  of  collecting,  several  samples 
also  were  subjected  to  blood  serology  tests  and  classified  into  one  of 
the  three  genetic  groups  reported  by  Vrooman  (1964). 

Fish  sizes  ranging  from  110  to  209  mm  sl  were  used  for  the  study. 
The  central  and  southern  California  samples  contained  the  largest  fish 
both  in  proportion  and  actual  sizes.  Central  California  samples  con- 
sisted exclusively  of  large  fish  and  southern  California  samples  con- 


298 


CALIFORNIA  FISH    AND   GAME 


tained  mostly  large  and  medium  fish.  Samples  from  Mexican  waters 
including  the  Gulf  of  California  adequately  represented  small  and  me- 
dium fish  but  contained  a  low  proportion  of  large  sizes.  Seventy-five 
samples  comprised  of  :>.706  fish  were  used  in  this  study  (Figure  1). 
The  1956-58  year  classes  predominated  most  areas  sampled. 


CENTRA^ 
CALIFORNIA 


N;258 
S-7 


N=  8  98 
S--23 


N-285 
S=5   r 


z 
o 


Ol. 


12     14     16      18    20    CM  SL 


N  =  483 
S=  II 

'i 

d] 


N  =  240 
S  =  4 


SOUTHERN 
CALIFORNIA 


NORTHERN 
BAJA    CALIFORNIA 


N  =  I007 

_S=I7     NORTH  CENTRAL 
BAJA  CALIFORNIA 

EL 


N  =  492 
S=  7 


SOUTH    CENTRAL 
BAJA    CALIFORNIA 


SOUTHERN 

BAJA    CALIFORNIA 


FIGURE    1.    Pacific   sardine   subpopulation   study    region    with    size    composition    in    each    sampling 
area.  N  cz:  number  sampled.  S  =  number  of  samples. 


METHODS 

Specimens  were  laid  out  straight  and  frozen  immediately  after  cap- 
ture at  sea.  After  thawing  in  the  laboratory,  identification  tags  were 
attached  and  scales  taken  for  age  determination.  The  fish  again  were 
laid  out  straight  and  preserved  in  a  10%  solution  of  formalin  for  a 
minimum  period  of  3  weeks. 

-Morphometric  characters  were  selected  on  the  basis  of  least  likelihood 
•  if  correlation  with  each  other.  Meristie  characters  were  limited  due  to 
the  difficulty  of  making  accurate  counts  on  some.  All  morphometric 
measurements  were  made  by  the  author  and  all  meristie  counts  were 
double  checked.  The  following  morphometric  measurements  were  made: 
standard  length,  head  length,  pectoral  fin  length,  and  postpelvic  length. 
Standard  length  consisted  of  the  distance  from  the  tip  of  the  snout  to 


SARDINE  STUDY  299 

the  end  of  the  hypural  plates.  The  latter  point  was  determined  by 
bending  the  tail  forward  and  inserting  a  pin  where  a  crease  appeared 
in  the  caudal  peduncle.  Head  length  was  measured  from  the  tip  of  the 
snout  to  posterior  edge  of  the  opercular  flap.  Pectoral  fin  length  was 
measured  from  the  base  of  the  fin  to  the  tip  of  the  longest  ray.  Post- 
pelvic  length  consisted  of  the  distance  from  the  end  of  the  hypural 
plates  to  the  origin  of  the  pelvic  fins. 

Meristic  counts  were  made  of  vertebrae  and  gill  rakers.  Vertebral 
counts  were  made  from  X-ray  photos  and  included  the  hypural.  Gill 
raker  counts  were  made  on  the  lower  half  of  the  first  gill  arch.  Age 
determination  was  made  by  a  routine  scale  reading  process  conducted 
by  California  Cooperative  Oceanic  Fisheries  Investigations  (CalCOFI). 

STATISTICAL  TREATMENT 

Most  samples  used  in  this  study  were  fairly  representative  of  areas 
from  which  they  originated.  The  large  number  of  samples  from  the 
major  areas  and  the  span  of  time  over  which  they  were  collected  con- 
tributed to  their  representativeness  (Figure  1).  One  exception  was  the 
southern  California  area  where  an  apparent  influx  of  migrants  from 
Mexico  at  time  of  sampling  may  have  affected  representativeness.  The 
size  composition  of  sardine  samples  in  all  areas  is  typical  of  fish  taken 
in  the  past  15  years  by  California  Department  of  Fish  and  Game  sea 
surveys.  Night  light  blanket  net  gear  is  equally  effective  in  taking  all 
sizes  of  fish. 

Before  morphometric  data  could  be  statistically  treated,  it  was  nec- 
essary to  determine  if  their  relation  to  fish  size  was  linear.  Tests  were 
made  for  linearity  on  morphometric  characters  and  gill  rakers  counts. 
All  were  linear  except  pectoral  fin  length  which  was  only  slightly 
curvilinear  and  gill  raker  counts  which  were  quite  curvilinear.  This 
problem  and  the  effects  of  allometric  growth  were  minimized  by  strati- 
fying samples  into  different  size  groups.  These  groups  designated  as 
small,  medium,  and  large  were  composed  of  fish  110-139,  140-169,  and 
170-209  mm  sl  respectively.  Eegression  of  gill  rakers  was  calculated 
using  head  length  instead  of  standard  length. 

Variance  and  Covariance 

Samples  were  grouped  by  area.  The  areas  consisted  of  central  Cali- 
fornia, southern  California,  northern  Baja  California,  north-central 
Baja  California,  south-central  Baja  California,  southern  Baja  Califor- 
nia. Gulf  of  California,  and  Galapagos  Islands  (Figure  1).  Analysis  of 
variance  and  covariance  tests  were  made  of  samples  from  the  same 
area  (within  area)  for  each  character.  Significant  differences  at  the 
5%  level  resulted  for  each  area  and  character  when  all  samples  were 
considered.  This  is  quite  normal  when  large  numbers  and  samples  are 
involved.  Koyce  (1957)  concluded  significant  differences  can  always  be 
found  between  very  closely  related  stocks  if  large  and  numerous  sam- 
ples are  taken .  This  phenomenon  has  been  widely  experienced  by  tax- 
onomists  in  other  investigations  (Mayr,  Linsley.  and  TJsinger,  1953). 
Samples  stratified  by  year  class,  age,  and  spawning  condition  were  sub- 
jected to  the  same  tests.  Similar  results  were  obtained  except  for  3-year 


300  CALIFORNIA   FISH   AND  GAME 

old  central  California  samples.  No  significant  differences  were  found 
between  samples  of  this  ape  group  in  all  characters  except  pectoral  fin 
length.  Age  0  fish  in  north-central  Baja  California  and  the  Gulf  of 
California  did  not  differ  significantly  within  each  area  in  some  char- 
acteristics. Females  in  spawning  condition  also  were  homogeneous  in 
several  characteristics  in  southern  California,  south-central  Baja  Cali- 
fornia, and  southern  Baja  California.  Thus  it  is  apparent  there  is 
heterogeneity  in  all  areas,  but  some  strata  are  nearly  homogeneous. 

Comparisons  were  made  between  adjacent  areas  using  all  fish  strati- 
fied by  size  group.  Results  similar  to  those  of  within  areas  were  ob- 
tained. F  values  (F  statistic  used  in  analysis  of  variance)  were  gen- 
erally larger  giving  some  indication  of  greater  differences  between  areas 
than  within  areas. 

Regression  formulas  were  computed  for  each  morphometric  character 
in  all  size  groups  and  areas.  Using  these  formulas,  mean  values  of 
each  character  adjusted  for  standard  fish  sizes  were  determined  and 
plotted  with  1  sd  and  2  se's  on  each  side  of  the  mean  (Figure  2, 
Appendix  1-5).  Standard  lengths  of  126  mm,  154  mm,  and  188  mm 
were  used  as  standard  fish  sizes  to  represent  small,  medium,  and  large 
size  groups.  Gill  rakers  were  adjusted  to  the  mean  head  length  of  a 
standard  size  fish  of  each  size  category.  Vertebral  plots  were  made  for 
only  the  total  number  of  fish  in  each  area  (Figure  3).  Clines  are 
present  in  head  length,  postpelvic  length,  and  vertebrae.  Irregularities 
occur  notably  in  Gulf  of  California  large  fish.  Pectoral  fin  length  and 
gill  raker  counts  gave  only  vague  indication  of  clines  with  numerous 
irregularities  present. 

The  relative  head  length  of  sardines  was  greater  in  fish  captured  to 
the  south  with  a  maximum  mean  difference  of  3  mm  which  occurred 
between  medium  size  fish  from  southern  California  and  the  Galapagos 
Islands.  The  greatest  difference  in  Pacific  Coast  samples  was  1.94  mm 
between  large  fish  from  southern  California  and  south-central  Baja 
California  (Figure  2). 

Postpelvic  length  exhibited  a  well  defined  cline  which  was  present  in 
all  size  groups.  This  character  decreased  from  north  to  south.  A  maxi- 
mum difference  of  3.32  mm  was  observed  between  large  fish  from 
central  California  and  north-central  Baja   California    (Figure  2). 

A  definite  cline  was  evident  in  vertebral  counts  with  a  decrease  to 
the  south.  Although  this  cline  was  very  consistent,  actual  differences 
were  quite  small  amounting  to  .63  vertebra  between  extremes 
(Figure  3). 

Pectoral  fin  lengths  gave  no  definite  indication  of  a  cline.  Tins 
character  appears  useful  only  in  distinguishing  Gulf  of  California  fish 
which  had  longer  pectoral  fins  in  all  3  size  groups.  Their  means  differed 
between  .68  to  1.65  mm  from  fish  of  other  areas  (Figure  2). 

The  mean  number  of  gill  rakers  varied  irregularly  with  respect  to 
a  cline.  A  very  slight  discontinuous  north-south  cline  was  discernible 
in  the  medium  and  large  size  groups  which  indicated  a  small  decrease 
to  the  southward.  The  Gulf  of  California  large  fish  mean  was  consider- 
ably less  than  the  other  areas.  It  differed  by  .91  gill  rakers  from 
southern  California  mean  which  was  the  next  lowest  (Figure  2). 


SARDINE  STUDY 


301 


HEAD  LENGTH 

SMALL  MEDIUM  48L*"GE 

AREA  34  35  36         37  38  4'  42  «         44  45  46         49  50  51  52  53 

CC 

SC         I  «Aa  I 

NBC  I  wh  I  C 

NCBC   I  J         3  I  edl 

SCBC  I         j         1  I  »&u  ■ 


U 


n 


c 


c 


C 


PECTORAL    FIN  LENGTH 

20    2!     22    23    24    25    26    27    28    29    30    31     32    33    34 

CC  I  *  -i 

sc         i  ida  i  i        rii        i  i  j      —i 

NBC  I  eta 

NCBC  '         *         I 

SCBC  I         1*1        I 

SBC  I  MB         I 

OC  I         *         I  I  *»  1  I  Mj|       — 1 

ei 


D 


3 


POSTPELVIC  LENGTH 


SMALL  73  MEDIUM  LAR6E 

60         62         64  66  74         76         78         80  90         92         94  96         98         100 

AREA 
CC 


c 


J 


33  34         35  36         37 

CC 

SC  C 

NBC 
NCBC  I 

SCBC  C= 


GILL    RAKERS 

38         39         40         41 


42  43  43  44  45  46  47 


3    t= 


ZSEksZ 


a  c 


3 


Kffliift^ 


c 


~iig~ 


Bft^M^ 


n     c 


i^isi 


sec      n 

OC 

01 


IZZ 


3  c 

I 


afec 


~KJa- 


FIGURE  2.  Morphometric  and  meristic  statistic  plots  for  a  standard  fish  in  each  size  category. 
Head  length,  pectoral  fin  length  and  post-pelvic  length  reduced  to  fish  of  a 
standard  body  length.  Gill  raker  counts  reduced  to  fish  of  a  standard  head  length. 
Centerline,  solid  bar,  and  hollow  bar  respectively  represent  mean,  two  standard 
errors  on  each  side  of  mean,  and  one  standard  deviation  on  each  side  of  mean. 
CC  =  central  California,  SC  =  southern  California,  NBC  =  northern  Baja  Cali- 
fornia, NCBC  =  north  central  Baja  California,  SCBC  =  south  central  Baja  Califor- 
nia, SBC  =  southern  Baja  California,  GC  =:  Gulf  of  California,  Gl  =:  Galapagos 
Islands. 


302  CALIFORNIA   PISH   AND  GAME 

VERTEBRAE 


cc 


sc 


NBC 


NCBC 


SCBC 


51  52  53 


SBC  L 


GC 


Gl 


.  m  i 


FIGURE  3.  Vertebral  statistic  plots  for  all  fish  in  each  sampling  area.  Centerline,  solid  bar, 
and  hollow  bar  respectively  represent  mean,  two  standard  errors  on  each  side  of 
mean,  and  one  standard  deviation  on  each  side  of  mean.  CC  =  central  California, 
SC  =  southern  California,  NBC  =  northern  Baja  California,  NCBC  =  north  central 
Baja  California,  SCBC  =  south  central  Baja  California,  SBC  =  southern  Baja 
California,  GC  =  Gulf  of  California,  Gl  =:  Galapagos  Islands. 

Discriminant  Function  and  Overlap 

Analysis  of  variance  and  covariance  showed  differences  existing 
within  and  between  areas.  Such  information  is  useful  in  preliminary 
analysis  but  does  not  afford  a  good  measure  of  the  magnitude  of  dif- 
ferences. Employing  the  concept  of  overlap  described  by  Royce  (1957), 
an  estimate  can  be  made  of  the  proportion  of  one  group  having  identical 
characteristics  of  another.  Using  Royce 's  basic  formula,  D  is  the  dis- 
tance between  means  in  units  of  standard  deviation: 

D  = -  and  Xi  and  X2  are  tne  means 

s 
of  the  characteristic  in  question  and  s  is  the  pooled  average  standard 
deviation.  From  a  table  of  normal  probability  integral  using  the  value 
D/2  as  an  entering  argument,  the  area  of  half  the  normal  curve  plus 
the  mean  to  the  argument  is  obtained.  This  area  Royce  calls  the  relative 
probability.  1-P.  which  is  the  probability  of  correctly  classifying  an 
individual  as  belonging  to  one  group  or  another.  It  varies  from  .5  with 
complete  overlap  to  1.0  with  no  overlap.  The  percentage  of  overlap  is 


SARDINE  STUDY  303 

obtained  by  multiplying  P  by  200.  This  value  is  the  combined  area 
of  the  overlapping  tails  of  each  distribution  and  measures  the  area  or 
percentage  of  one  curve  which  is  included  in  the  other.  For  example,  in 
computing  overlap  of  head  length  of  large  fish  between  southern  and 

central  California,  Xt  =  15.70  +  .1850X,  X2  =  7.38  +  .2273X  (regres- 
sion equations  from  Appendix  II),  X  =  the  grand  means  of  body 
lengths  of  the  two  areas  =  191.72.  Solving  the  regression  equations 
Xi  =  51.17,  Xo  =  50.96.  The  pooled  standard  deviation  from  regres- 
sion =  1.342. 

^       51.17  -  50.96 

D  =  17342 =  °'156 

D/2  =  0.078,  P   =  0.469,  overlaD   =  93.8% 

The  concept  of  overlap  thus  gives  an  estimate  of  the  proportion  of 
one  group  having  identical  characteristics  of  another.  The  amount  of 
similarity  is  therefore  measurable  and  inferences  concerning  inter- 
mingling can  be  made.  A  high  degree  of  overlap  between  two  areas 
doesn't  prove  intermingling  has  occurred,  but  does  represent  a  maxi- 
mum that  could  have  occurred.  Very  low  overlap  values  on  the  other 
hand  provide  good  evidence  of  little  or  no  intermingling. 

To  use  this  method  for  morphometric  characters,  means  were  com- 
puted from  the  regression  equation  of  each  group  under  consideration 
as  was  the  grand  mean  of  their  body  lengths.  The  pooled  standard 
deviation  was  replaced  by  the  pooled  standard  deviation  from  regres- 
sion. 

Overlap  percentages  were  calculated  between  adjacent  areas  for 
all  meristic  and  morphometric  characters  using  samples  stratified  by 
the  size  categories  mentioned  previously  (Table  1).  No  single  character 
consistently  excelled  in  distinguishing  groups.  The  value  of  each  charac- 
ter in  separating  stocks  varied  greatly  between  each  set  of  adjacent 
areas  as  well  as  between  size  categories.  Overlap  between  the  adjacent 
areas  of  north-central  and  south-central  Baja  California  was  large, 
averaging  90.17%  for  all  characters.  Comparisons  of  all  large  Cali- 
fornia fish  with  all  large  Mexican  fish,  except  those  from  the  C4ulf  of 
California,  produced  overlap  values  of  57.1%  and  67.2%  in  head  length 
and  postpelvic  measurements.  The  remaining  characters  overlapped 
from  88.0%  to  94.0%.  These  examples  give  some  indication  as  to  how 
characteristics  may  differ  even  through  these  differences  are  not  large 
enough  to  support  inferences. 

Discriminant  function  and  overlap  of  multiple  characters. 

This  form  of  multivariate  analysis  employs  the  generalized  distance 
function  developed  by  Mahalanobis  (1936)  which  gives  a  measure  of 
distance  between  two  groups  using  a  combination  of  characters.  Each 
character  is  considered  only  after  correlation  with  a  previous  one  has 
been  excluded.  The  general  formula  is : 


D2  =  Wy  di  dj 

vhich  \Yij  is  the 
dj  dj  are  differences  between  means.  D2  is  similar  to  D  used  for  single 


in  which  \Vij  is  the  inverse  of  the  variance-covariance  matrix  Wy  and 


:;i)( 


CALIFORNIA   FISH   AND   GAME 


0 

-a 
D 

w 

£ 


o 


o 

a. 

a. 
o 

v. 

o 

> 

O 


< 


_© 

<—  "3 

"a 
B 

ize  c 
econ 
area 

IO  MN-fX 

-h  x  -~  x  30  m 

co  -r  — •  t-  c 

IO 

tM  O    —   '"    "I 

i — i  r*  o  "l  ^l  ' — l 

,-  —  —  i 

CO 

s 

DC    N  r-t  iH 

•m  — n 

IO  CN   CI   "   - 

■* 

x 

CO      CO 

_L 

KM 

Q, 

3  -ti    3 

5 

to  2  g 

l~-  «   tN  tN  — 

X  — .  X  -f  X  X 

MM f- 

cons-  m 

«-    —    "*    3    M    ?! 

ic  o  t^  —  r- 

— ^ 

cj 

i  —  - 

::  m 

CM  IN  -r  — <  -*  tN 

(N  O         (N  i-i 

X 

W 

tn 

-1- 

5   - 

-1   —   X   —   3 

■3    -3   -'   X  ■*  -* 

-   N   -3  —  3 

X 

ooootoo 

re  —  3  3   —   X 

3  00  ■*  «D  i-i 

3  "£ 

X  CO  X  CO  33 

co  r.  co  x  co  oo 

z-.voz-.~-xi 

X 

Z  « 

71 

«  a  a  a  ei 

O  o  O  re  tN  -< 

DC  ::  ri  X  -3i 

3 

Gil 
rake 

tN 

so  re  m 

•M    -3    — i   C   I-  t- 

^-  3  -H  IO  (M 

N  C.  3  30  IO 

— .   CO  X  X  X  -.3 

co  x  en  x  t^ 

1  = 

X   -.3   3    3   — 

c  m  o  3  ec  •? 

■M    — '    •-    —    X 

r> 

t»  t-  — i  re  3 

co  io  io  oo  cn  oa 

C  tN  tN  ::  -3 

~.  co  x  -  co 

-    3.   X    3    r.   1- 

X   '3    X   X   CO 

3 

---= 

-H 

3  -^ 

G    bB 

X  tN  r.  ri  >~ 

C0   3   C]    3.   "1    3. 

::  3        ?i  t- 

j 

3   >~    ~    —   CO 

—  — i  —  X  t-  X 

XX         —   ~ 

-  ■  i 

CO  CO   CO   CO   '3 

C:  X      i«^i 

"3  5 

J  a 

T-   S.  —   ~   i- 

c  3J  s  i-  :  ifl 

3  CO  —   3    3 

rt 

—  r-i  3  x  — 

x  x  t-  —  r.  r. 

:-   —    3    3   X 

t~ 

""  -< 

l-   ~.  t~-  3   3 

X  X  t-  -r  X  :: 

co  l."  r~  co  M 

LO 

-  3 

=3  3  =3=3  =3 

r   r   =   3   3   3 

d  otgo  g 
bl   u  it   M  M 

U         1_         i.         tH         tH 

X  GO  CO  X  X 

i  -J       ",*","        ~ 

T.      -      T.      T.      T. 

^--  -  _; 

oj 

^  ^  ^  ,-S  <;  ^ 

i    i    i    i    i 

^     1 

a    ! 

■    i    i    i    i 

3.3 



<s  3 

^^  ^c 

!  3    '    ! 

i     i   -*     i     i     i 

1    1    ! .3    ! 

a  ~ 

i  '3    J   i    i 

!    .  '2    !    I    ! 

i       i       i    3       < 

■--"_ 

■  m    .    ■    ■ 

i    i  t*    ,    i    i 

■     II   r^     i 

—     75 

■§  s  :  : 

.3  .2  a    ;    ; 

cd    3      , 

■  -3  = 

£  -  3    • 

'      '  '?  =3      i 

tral  Baja  California. 
South  central  Baja  (': 
Southern  Baja  Califoi 

of  California- 

slands 

\£°£  i  i 

!  j  J6    j 

C3 
O 

o 

Baja  California 
lh  central  I'.aja  Ca 
South  central  Bajl 
Southern  Baja  <  !al 
of  ( lalifornia  ..   - 
slands 

alifornia      . 

tral  Baja  ( !alifomi 
th  central  I'.aja  Ca 
•South  central  Baj: 
Gulf  of  California- 

l§ 

T  o 

.3  *^ 
£  5 

3  CQ 
1  + 

O  ,g 

c  "3 

0,3 

§o 

»    13 

< 

rth  cen 
ifornia- 

fornia- 
ia-Gulf 
pagos  I 

£   3.3  .3  "=■   n 

2  z  £  £  0  g 

hern  C 
rth  ecu 
la-Nor 
ifornia- 
ifornia- 

C    — !    —      C      H 

o  'S  =3  33  '3  a 

■^     3     —  ~Z  ■ — 

n  California-N 
entral  I'.aja  C:i 
antral  Baja  Ca 
n  1  iaja  (  'alifon 
California-Gali 

n  California-N 
n  Baja  Califor 
entral  Baja  Co 
entral  I'.aja  (  ';i 
n  Baja  <  'alifor 
California-(  rail 

California-Sou 
n  <  'alifornia-N 
■n  I'.aja  Califor 
entral  Baja  ( !i 
entral  Baja  ( !a 

+n 

s  _ 

•3  - 

-  .. 

-  — 
o  c 

^3    tD 

^-    u 

-3    3 
-t->  '^ 

s+ 

o 

:-  a  «  :-  . 

t-    *«    ©    a    u  ..  . 

— <      t.      —      W      V) 

Southe 
North 

South  i 

Southe 
Gulf  of 

Southe 
Northe 
North 
South  i 
Southe 
Gulf  ol 

Centra 
Southe 
Nortlu 
North 
South 

SARDINE  STUDY  305 

character  overlap  and  can  be  used  in  the  same  way.  At  the  same  time 
D2  is  computed,  a  linear  function  of  the  combined  characters  is  obtained 
which  may  serve  as  an  index  for  discrimination.  A  complete  explana- 
tion is  given  by  Rao  (1952).  This  method  was  used  by  Royce  (1964) 
in  a  racial  study  of  yellowfin  tuna  and  by  Hill  (1959)  to  distinguish 
races  of  American  shad. 

For  this  study  a  computer  program  developed  at  the  University  of 
California  at  Los  Angeles  was  utilized  to  perform  the  computations. 
Output  included  D2,  discriminant  function  coefficients,  and  discriminant 
function  frequencies  of  both  compared  groups.  A  small  bias  in  D2, 
due   to   unequal   sample   sizes,    is   removed   by   subtracting    the   value 

piii  +  n2, 
nin2     ' 

P  is  the  number  of  characters  and  ni  and  n2  are  sample  sizes. 

Morphometric  data  were  adjusted  for  use  in  this  analysis  by  comput- 
ing a  character  value  for  each  individual  fish  based  on  a  standard  fish 
size.  Deviations  of  individuals  from  their  computed  regression  means 
were  added  or  subtracted  from  the  regression  mean  of  a  standard  fish 
size.  For  example,  if  a  175  mm  sl  fish  had  a  head  length  of  48  mm  and 
the  computed  regression  mean  head  length  for  this  size  was  50  mm, 
the  difference  of  2  mm  would  be  subtracted  from  the  mean  computed 
head  length  of  the  standard  size  fish.  Standard  fish  sizes,  126  mm  sl 
(small),  154  mm  sl  (medium),  and  188  mm  sl  (large)  were  determined 
by  computing  the  grand  mean  of  each  size  category. 

RESULTS,  SMALL  AND  MEDIUM  SIZES 

Overlap  percentages  derived  from  D2  values  were  calculated  (Table 
2).  Small  and  medium  size  fish  from  southern  California  were  compared 
with  each  area  to  the  south  (Figure  4).  Small  fish  differed  relatively 
little  from  southern  California  to  southern  Baja  California  with  over- 
lap ranging  from  56.6%  to  64.3%.  This  overlap  range  also  was  found 
between  samples  from  the  same  school  group  so  it  cannot  be  considered 
low  enough  to  infer  separate  stocks.  Small  fish  from  the  Gulf  of  Cali- 
fornia and  Galapagos  Islands  overlapped  the  southern  California  group 
by  25.0%  and  24.6%  respectively  This  low  degree  of  overlap  is  a  clear 
indication  of  different  stocks. 

Medium  size  fish  were  compared  in  the  same  manner  (Figure  4). 
A  great  similarity  was  apparent  between  fish  from  southern  California 
southward  to  and  including  south-central  Baja  California.  A  great 
degree  of  multiple  character  overlap  ranging  from  70.4%  to  79.3%, 
was  found  between  these  areas.  This  may  have  been  due  to  the  migra- 
tion of  medium  size  fish  into  California  during  the  period  of  data 
collection.  From  1957  to  1960  there  was  an  appearance  of  large  quanti- 
ties of  medium  size  fish  in  areas  where  none  had  occurred  for  many 
years. 

Fish  from  southern  Baja  California,  the  Gulf  of  California,  and  the 
Galapagos  Islands  overlapped  southern  California  fish  by  46.0%,  34.7%, 
and  10.8%  respectively.  These  differences  are  large  enough  to  suspect 
separate  stocks  in  these  areas. 


::i)i; 


CALIFOKXI  \    PISH     WD   <:  \  \n: 


o 
c 

< 

— 

o 

s 
^> 

2 


i> 

s   — 

>      OO 

a  — 
T   .^ 

> 

o 

■s 

c 
0 


o 

D 
ST 


CO 

< 


SI 

o?  io  ooc 

-r   l-  CC   »C   — 

-    > 

to  ic  io  :i  :i 

Ph    o 

OHMOOJ 

«D  »0  i"  CO   '" 

Q 

00  CO  CO  CC   EC 

O     ,-H     ,_.     I"      1- 

r    S 

-C     o 

■*  N  H  CO  IO  N 

iflNMHWO 

,_,      ,—t     ,-H     _:      |-H      — 

£  g 

O 

ans* 

ft   ™ 

NCONNHH 

o> 

CD  CD  O  CD  O  CD 

s 

o^ 

CQ 

t-r 

Gj 

.    1  lt"1 

ci  t; 

"" 

t-    M 

O  Ll  l*  C  M  Oi 

— 

o  c 

a 

"S  ° 

—1    —    — >    —    ro    ^ 

CI   CI   CI   0)   C»   CM 

-    c 

o 

'"  tc 

4j* 

2 

o 

p 

"0  ~ 

iC  O  00  N  00  ^ 

o 

-  a 

Be 

io  io  ^r  »c  o  h- 

I— 1 

CO  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO 

, — i    i-. 

i— <    CI   O  "I*  00  OS 

—    - 

o -a 

CONSCO   t-   '* 

s- 

G    r  — 

CO  ■**  O  O  i-H  t> 

..      1        m 

±  a  a 

ci  r-  "D  oo  cc  -f 

CONHNCON 

CQ 

<U 

ft    V 

r-  >o  o  ci  -t  oo 

H   ._- 

GO  CI   o  <-<   '-0  oi 

03    w 

CC  CI   ■-1    "-1 

02 

1       1       1       1       1       1 

1       1       1        1       1       1 

11,111 

i     "     £       i       i       i 

'  £  J    03      '      ' 

- 

Cal 
Cal 

"urn 

<; 

Southern  California. . 
North  central  Baja 
South  central  Baja 
Southern  Baja  Cali 
Gulf  of  California.. 
Galapagos  Islands. 

1>   07  -V    t-    CO 

oon-t  o 

t-  l-  t-  re  ^ 

01   03   CO   ©  © 

nc  :i-': 

cd  cc  o  io  n 

©  O  O  CO  o 

-r  i~  ©  ci  to  o 

»"  re  -r  cc  —<  © 

1-4     ,-fl     1— 1     I-H     T-H     I-H 

<M   00  tD  CO  ©  ■* 

t--  CO  ©  t-  ©  '" 

t-  I--  l~  l>  t~  t- 

©  ©  -h  ~  o-i  co 

iq  co  cc  'C  i~  to 

ci  ci  ci  ci  ci  ci 

co  ©  ©  co  oo  ^f 

F 

Ol    O]    CO  CI    CC    '0 

D 

T    ""■f    ""l"1    'rf    '"!"'    ""■)' 

"D 

CD 

3E 

— 

<u 

o  ©  oo  ©  —  t- 

i/5 

hOOCOCO 

—  -r  -*  co  "J<  co 

ic  --  ci  -r  X  © 

cc  'C  ©-rex 

oo  h  oo  -f  co  o 

lO  i— l  CO  i —   *  1   *-< 

CI   CI    -T    ~    CI 

1       I       i       1       i        i 

,    ,  S  2    i    ' 

i    cj  ^O    O      i      i 

!  a^a    ,    , 

J-    t3    c3 

i^ou  :  ; 

rnCal 
hern  1 
h  cenl 
a  cent 
of  Ca 
pagos 

~    o    O    S    3    cj 

o 

CO 

©  ©  m  00  -V 

CO  i-i  CO  i-i  © 

©©■*■*  <N 

m  cc  ci  to  *f 

CO  CI    t~   ©    CC 

©    l-H     -t     ©     l-O 

o  in  ci  ci  t 

•JOHN-fCO 

co  o  Tf  h.  -t  o 

^h    ^H    i— 1    i— 1    i— 1    rH 

IC  iC  i-C  LC  LC  lO 

N  00  H  CD  CC  LC 

lO  ^  ^  CM  CO  CO 

©©©©©© 

t-  t~  ©  CI  t^  CC 

©  o  — ■  —  ©  ci 

CC   CO  CO  CO   CO  CO 

LC    i-H    CO    ©    ©    t^- 

01 

OOHrtNrt 

IC3  lC  lo   lC   lc  lo 

0) 

1- 

a 

~ 

CD 

N 

CDOOiONOO 

UT 

f  CC  -f  -t  -t  C) 

-^I     ^JI     Tf     TH     t^     Tjl 

-  -r  ci  ci  o  o 

CM    i-H    l-H    ©   ©    l.O 

©    0!    Sj  t-    ~.    00 

oo  co  -p  -f  b-  o 

:-.    IC    t-  -!t<  |>  ,-H 

CI    1-0           CI    -h    —i 

1       I       t       1       1       1 

i    i    i  c  3    i 

i     i  a  o  o     i 

!    !°Oo    1 

!  -2  ~  c3  oj    ! 

d    O          K  ""    0 

~  ©:  •^■rs  —  o 

!-•  7l     C3     f5     S  — 

xlifo 
n  C 
nB 
entr 
enti 
Cal 

■ntial  C 
Souther 
Northei 
North  c 
South  c 
Gulf  of 

_ 

©  ■*  CM  ■* 

00  LC  00  © 

ic  ©  -r  co 

CO  ©  ©  >-o 

©  ©  00  CI 

nOOOH 

I-H    ©     rt     © 

HI    N    CO    CI    -H 

1-0  CO  'C'  iC  © 

^H      t^     ^H     ^H     .H 

LC   LC  LC  O  IO 

©  i^-  co  i-h  co 

l-O   ».0   ~f   -t*   CO 

©  ©  ©  ©  © 

-f  ci  ©  ©  co 

i/> 

o 

o  ©  -h  ©  o 

3 

CO  CM   CO   CO   CO 

o 

1- 

O 

>^ 

en 

0 

o 

©  co  co  oo  © 

I. 

HI 

©  oo  ©  ©  © 

t/1 

-T    -HH    -^    L.0    LO 

"D 

0 

CO 

c 

c 

©   ©    H    CO    © 

^o 

CO  CO  CO  -f  ^ 

^   -^    ^   "^    ^ 

0 

u 

c 

i- 

0) 

^ 

o  oo  m  ci  co 

3 

o 

~-r  ci  t^  r^  ^ 

(/) 

©    ©   00  00  00 

'C   CO  CO  ©  ci 

oo  oo  ©  ©  t^ 

i     ;   cp     '     ' 

'        - 

°     '   >■    , 

a  a>  h3 

c  ^  C»     ,     , 

t.    c  J3      i      i 

0)    C  *>      i      , 

Island  north 
sland  northe 
aa  Island  nor 
uthern  type. 
rthern  type. 

o>  ch  .-    O    o 

c  tc-3  w  a 

^    i.    Oi.^ 

■&  O  O  "°    3 
03  w  w    CJ    <A 

O    03    03  Ph    a 
^^    ^j    4_>            CJ 

-    --    -    =    '- 

*>    CS    C3    C8    " 

a  co  to  cc  w 

o3 
CO 

SARDINE  STUDY 


307 


tOO        90 


80 


70 


SIZE   I   (SMALL) 

PERCENT    OVERLAP 
60  50 


SIZE   II   (MEDIUM) 


SIZE  III   (LARGE) 


SOUTHERN    CALIFORNIA 


NORTH  CENTRAL  BAJA   CAL. 
SOUTH   CENTRAL      - 
SOUTHERN    BAJA    CAL. 
GULF   OF   CAL. 
GALAPAGOS    ISLANDS 


SOUTHERN   CALIFORNIA 

NORTHERN    BAJA    CAL. 
NORTH  CENTRAL    BAJA  CAL. 
SOUTH   CENTRAL 
GULF  OF   CALIFORNIA 
GALAPAGOS    ISLANDS 


CENTRAL    CALIFORNIA 
SOUTHERN   CALIFORNIA 
NORTHERN  BAJA   CAL. 
NORTH   CENTRAL   BAJA    CAL. 
SOUTH  •  »  " 

GULF   OF    CALIFORNIA 


FIGURE  4.  Overlap  percentages  derived  from  multivariate  analysis  of  Pacific  sardine  morpho- 
metric  and  meristic  characters.  Small,  medium,  and  large  size  fish  from  central 
and    southern    California    compared    with    successively    southward    sampling     areas. 

RESULTS,  LARGE  FISH 

Central  California  large  fish,  which  analysis  of  covariance  indicated 
was  the  least  heterogeneous  group,  were  compared  with  large  fish  from 
each  of  the  remaining  areas  for  which  samples  were  collected  (Figure 
4).  Fish  from  central  California,  southern  California,  and  northern 
Baja  California  differed  only  moderately.  Fish  from  the  latter  two 
areas  overlapped  those  from  the  first  by  63.6%  and  61.07c-  North- 
central  and  south-central  Baja  California  fish  were  very  similar  to  each 
other  and  substantially  different  from  the  areas  to  the  north.  Stock 
differences  are  indicated  by  the  relatively  low  overlap  values  (43.5% 
and  41.8%)  of  these  fish  with  those  from  central  California.  Gulf  of 
California  fish  differed  greatly  from  all  other  areas  and  most  certainly 
comprise  a  separate  stock.  Overlap  between  fish  from  this  area  and 
those  from  central  California  was  29.4%. 

Von  Bertalanffy  growth  parameters,  L  infinity  and  K,  were  added 
to  the  morphometric  and  meristic  characters  for  each  fish  3  or  more 
years  old.  Very  little  was  gained  by  using  these  extra  characters  as  D2 
values  increased  only  slightly  even  when  large  growth  rate  differences 
were  apparent.  This  was  due  to  the  extremely  large  variance  in  the 
growth  parameter  values. 

Overlap  comparisons  were  made  using  five  samples  of  large  fish  upon 
which  blood  serology  tests  were  performed  by  the  National  Marine 
Fisheries  Service,  La  Jolla.  These  samples  were  classified  into  the  north- 


308  CALIFORNIA  FISH   AND   GAME 

era  or  southern  groups  as  postulated  by  Vrooman  (1964).  All  but 
one  were  classified  northern.  The  southern  sample  originated  in  San 
Pedro  Bay  and  the  northern  ones  at  Santa  Catalina  Island,  Santa 
Cruz  Island,  and  Todos  Santos  Bay.  These  locations  are  in  southern 
California  except  the  last  -which  is  in  northern  Baja  California, 
Mexico. 

Two  samples  were  taken  from  the  same  school  group  at  Santa  Cata- 
lina Island.  One  Santa  Catalina  Island  northern  sample  was  compared 
with  each  of  the  other  samples.  Overlap  with  the  three  other  northern 
samples  was  65.4%,  58.9%,  and  36.4%.  The  highest  was  between  sam- 
ples from  the  same  school  group  and  the  lowest  with  the  Todos  Santos 
Bay  sample.  The  southern  sample  overlapped  48.2%.  The  overlap  of  the 
same  school  samples  indicates  how  variable  very  closely  related  stocks 
can  be  and  affords  some  idea  of  the  amount  of  overlap  necessary  to 
differentiate  stocks. 

Differentiation  using  the  overlap  method  agreed  favorably  with  the 
blood  serology  method  except  the  Todos  Santos  Bay  northern  sample 
differed  more  from  other  northern  samples  than  did  the  southern 
sample.  A  possible  explanation  is  a  sampling  error  could  have  occurred 
either  in  the  blood  serology  test  or  the  morphometric-meristic  multi- 
variate analysis  due  to  a  small  sample  size  of  72  fish. 

DISCUSSION 

Results  of  this  study  indicate  three  stocks  of  sardines  occur  in  the 
eastern  temperate  Pacific.  These  stocks  are  located  in  California,  central 
Baja  California  (Mexico),  and  the  Gulf  of  California  (Mexico).  Cali- 
fornia and  central  Baja  California  stocks  are  quite  closely  related  and 
undoubtedly  intermingle  to  a  considerable  degree.  Small  and  medium 
size  fish  from  these  areas  overlapped  so  greatly  that  no  inference  of 
separate  stocks  can  be  made.  This  large  overlap  (56.6%  to  79.3%)  was 
probably  due  to  a  heavy  influence  of  migrants  from  Mexico  and  a 
paucity  of  native  born  fish  in  the  California  samples.  Large  fish  from 
these  regions  overlapped  considerably  less  (41.8%  to  43.5%),  but 
would  have  probably  differed  even  more  if  the  California  samples  had 
not  been  influenced  by  migrants  from  Mexico. 

At  first  glance  the  overlap  between  large  fish  from  California  and 
Mexico  indicated  a  considerable  difference,  but  when  fish  of  the  same 
school  and  blood  group  overlapped  by  65.4%,  an  overlap  of  41.8% 
to  43.5%..  between  these  areas  indicates  a  relatively  small  difference. 
The  actual  physical  differences  between  stocks  are  extremely  small 
thereby  precluding  any  differentiation  of  individual  fish  or  assessing 
the  degree  of  intermingling. 

Gulf  of  California  fish  appear  to  be  a  more  distinct  stock.  Analysis 
of  all  size  groups  in  this  area  indicated  the  least  similarity  to  fish  of 
other  California  areas  with  overlap  values  ranging  from  25.0%  to 
34.7%.  Small  and  medium  sized  southern  Baja  California  fish  were 
quite  similar  to  those  of  central  Baja  California.  No  large  fish  from 
southern  Baja  California  were  available  but  they  probably  resemble 
central  Baja  California  fish. 

Galapagos  Island  fish  differed  greatly  from  those  of  all  other  areas 
as  indicated  by  the  low  overlap  of  10.8%  to  24.6%. 


SARDINE  STUDY  309 

These  fish  are  separated  from  the  others  by  extensive  geographic  and 
oeeanographic  barriers  which  exclude  intermingling. 

SUMMARY 

A  subpopulation  study  was  made  of  the  Pacific  sardine  population 
inhabiting  the  eastern  Pacific  Ocean.  Seventy-three  samples  comprised 
of  3,706  fish  were  collected  from  California,  Baja  California,  Gulf  of 
California,  and  the  Galapagos  Islands  off  South  America.  Morpho- 
metry measurements  and  meristic  counts  consisting  of :  standard 
length,  head  length,  pectoral  fin  length,  postpelvic  length,  gill  rakers, 
and  vertebrae  were  made.  Samples  were  stratified  by  fish  size  and  area 
of  catch. 

Analysis  of  variance  and  covariance  indicated  a  high  degree  of  heter- 
ogenity  of  fish  from  both  within  and  between  geographic  areas.  A 
method  of  statistical  treatment  which  computes  the  proportion  of  one 
group  having  identical  characteristics  of  another  (overlap)  was  used 
for  single  characters  to  compare  samples  from  adjacent  areas.  A  more 
sophisticated  method  employing  the  same  concept  was  used  with  all 
characters  combined  in  aggregate.  Single  character  comparisons  gave 
rather  large  overlap  values  with  over  three-fourths  of  all  comparisons 
exceeding  70%.  Head  length  was  the  most  useful  distinguishing  char- 
acter and  number  of  vertebrae  the  least. 

Overlap  comparisons  using  all  characters  in  aggregate  were  made 
between  California  samples  and  those  from  each  successive  area  to  the 
south.  This  analysis  produced  much  lower  overlap  values  ranging  from 
10.8%  to  79.3%.  Small  and  medium  size  fish  from  California  to  south- 
ern Baja  California,  Mexico,  overlapped  so  greatly  that  no  inference 
of  separate  stocks  can  be  made.  Fish  of  these  size  groups  from  the 
Gulf  of  California  and  the  Galapagos  Islands  overlapped  California 
fish  10.8%  to  34.7%  and  must  certainly  be  separate  stocks,  botli  from 
each  other  and  all  other  areas. 

Similar  comparisons  of  large  fish  produced  overlap  values  ranging 
from  29.4%  to  63.6%.  California  samples  overlapped  each  other  and 
northern  Baja  California  63.6%  and  61.0%  respectively.  They  over- 
lapped Baja  California  samples  from  41.8%  to  43.5%,  and  those  from 
the  Gulf  of  California  29.4%.  These  results  indicate  California  and 
northern  Baja  California  sardines  are  probably  a  separate  stock  but 
are  vary  similar  to  a  second  stock  off  southern  and  central  Baja  Cali- 
fornia. Gulf  of  California  fish  are  a  third  more  distinctive  stock. 

REFERENCES 

Ahlstrom,  E.  A.     1959.     Distribution  and  abundance  of  eggs  of  the  Pacific  sardine, 

1952-1956.      U.S.    Dep.    of    Interior,    Fish    Wildl.    Serv.,    Fish.    Bull.    60(165)  : 

185-213. 
California  Marine  Research  Committee.     1960.     Review  of  the  partial  resurgence  of 

the  sardine  fishery  during  1958-59.  Calif.  Coop.   Oceanic.   Fish.   Invest.   Reports, 

7  :S-10. 
Clark,   Frances  N.     1947.     Analysis   of   populations   of   the   Pacific   sardine   on   the 

basis  of  vertebral  counts.  Calif.  Dep.  Fish  and  Game,  Fish  Bull.   (65)  :l-26. 
Clark,  Frances  N.,  and  John  F.  Janssen.     1945.     Movements  and  abundance  of  the 

sardine  as  measured  by  tag    returns.  Calif.  Dep.  Fish  and  Game,  Fish.  Bull.   (61)  : 

7-42. 
Felin,   Frances  E.     1954.     Population   heterogeneity   in   the   Pacific   pilchard.   U.S. 

Dep.  of  Interior,  Fish  Wildl.  Serv.,  Fish  Bull.  54(86)  :  201-225. 


310 


CALIFORNIA    PISH    AND  GAME 


Hill,    Donald   R.     1959.     Some   uses   of   statistical    analysis   in   classifying   races   of 

American    shad    (Alosa    sapidisima) .    U.S.    Dep.    of    Interior,    Fish    Wildl.    Serv., 

Fish.  Bull.  59(147)  :269-284. 
Mahalanobis,  P.  C.     1930.     On  the  generalized  distance  in  statistics.  Proceedings  of 

the   National  Institute  of  Sciences    (India)    2(1)  :49-55. 
Mayr.  Ernst,  E.  G.  Lindsley,  and  It.  L.  I'singer.     1953.     Methods  and  principles  of 

systematic  zoology.  McGraw-Hill,  New  York  :l-328. 
McHugh,    J.    L.     1950.     Variations    and    population    in    the    clupeoid    fishes    of    the 

North  Pacific.  Doctoral  thesis,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles :  1-116. 
Radovich,    John   R.,    and    J.    B.    Phillips.     1952.     Distribution    and    abundance    of 

young  sardines.  Calif.  Dep.  Fish  and  Game,  Fish.  Bull.   (87)  :l-63. 
Rao,  C.  R.     1952.     Advanced  statistical  methods  in  biometric  research.  Wiley,  New- 
York  :  1-390. 
Royce,  William  F.     1957.     Contributions  to  the  study  of  subpopulations  of  fishes. 

U.S.   Dep.  of  Interior,  Fish   Wildl.   Serv.,   Spec.   Sci.  Rep.-Fish.    (208)  :7-28. 
— .     1904.     A  morphometric  study  of  yellowfin  tuna,  Thunnus  albacdres   (BOn- 

naterre).  U.S.  Dep.  of  Interior,  Fish  Wildl.  Serv.,  Bur.  of  Com.  Fish.,  Fish.  Bull. 

63(2)  :395-443. 
Vrooman,  A.  M.     1904.     Seriologically  differentiated  subpopulations  of  the  Pacific 

sardine,  Sardinops  caerulea.  Res.  Bd.  of  Can.,  J.  Fish.  21(4)  :691-701. 
Wolf,  Robert,  and  Anita  E.  Daugherty.     1904.     Age  and  length  composition  of  the 

sardine  catch  off  the  Pacific  Coast  of  the  United  States  and  Mexico  in  1901  and 

1902.  Calif.  Fish  Game  50(4)  :241-252. 


APPENDIX   I— Vertebrae  AH  Fish 


Area 

X 

X 

SD 

SE 

258 
898 
285 
1,007 
483 
240 
492 
43 

51.85 
51.51 
51.36 
51.33 
51.36 
51.17 
51.17 
51.05 

0.60 
0.61 
0.64 
0.58 
0.59 
0.54 
0.56 
0.49 

0.04 

0.02 

0.04 

North-Central  Baja  California-    

South-Central  Baja  California 

0.02 
0.03 
0.04 

0.03 

0.07 

N  =  Sample  Size 

X  =  Mean 

sd  =  Standard  Deviation 

se  =  Standard  Error 


SARDINE  STUDY 


311 


APPENDIX   II— Head  Length 
Small  (126  mm  SL) 


Area 

N 

Regression  Equation 

Y 

Sy 

SE 

Central  California- - 

0 

87 

0 

325 

202 

112 

154 

28 

3.68  +   .2533  X 

4.55  +   .2416  X 
4.60  +   .2412  X 
2.11  +   .2661  X 
5.63  +   .2466  X 
3.94  +   .2654  X 

35.60 

34.99 

34 .  85 

35 .  64 
36.70 
37.38 

1.01 

0.91 
0.77 
1.43 
0.88 
0.62 

Southern  California 

Northern  Baja  California - 

North-Central  Baja  California 

South-Central  Baja  California 

Southern  Baja  California 

Gulf  of  California 

0.11 

II  ().-, 

0.06 
0.14 
0.07 

Galapagos  Islands 

0.01 

Medium  (154  mm  SL) 


Central  California 

Southern  California 

Northern  Baja  California 

North-Central  Baja  California 
South-Central  Baja  California. 

Southern  Baja  California 

Gulf  of  California 

Galapagos  Islands 


0 
258 
211 

i;;.s 
104 
128 
228 
15 


-1 

4 

11 

4 


8.59  + 
0.41  + 
32  + 
96  + 
67  + 
24  + 


10.01  + 


.2190  X 
.2741  X 
. 2877  X 
.2427  X 
.2089  X 
.2569  X 
.2292  X 


42.32 
42.62 
42.98 
42.34 
43.84 
43.80 
45.31 


1.10 
0.97 
1.37 
1.20 
0.95 
1.02 
0.77 


0.07 
0.07 
0.07 
0.12 
0.09 
0.07 
0.20 


Large  (188  mm  SL) 


Central  California 

Southern  California 

Northern  Baja  California 

North-Central  Baja  California 
South-Central  Baja  California. 

Southern  Baja  California 

Gulf  of  California 

Galapagos  Islands 


258 
553 
74 
244 
177 

0 
110 

0 


15.70  + 
7.38  + 
9.51  + 

13.52  + 
2.70  + 


.1850  X 
.2273  X 
.2216  X 
. 2045  X 
.2625  X 


0.75  +  .2708  X 


50.48 
50.11 
51.17 
51.97 
52.05 

51.66 


01 

46 


I  .06 


64 
39 


1.11 


0.06 
0.06 
0.12 
0.10 
0.10 

0.11 


N  =  Sample  Size 

X  =  Standard  Length 

Y  =  Mean  Character  Length 

Sy  =  Standard  Deviation  from  Regression 

se  =  Standard  Error 


312 


CALIFORNIA  FISH   AND   GAME 


APPENDIX   III— Post  Pelvic  Length 
Small  (126  mm  SL) 


Area 

N 

Regression  Equation 

Y 

By 

SE 

Central  California 

0 

87 

0 

325 

202 

112 

154 

28 

-0.24  4-    .5011  X 

-8.38  +   .5667  X 
-0.06  +   .4998  X 
0.18  +   .4928  X 
-4.47  +   .5265  X 
-7.01  4-   .5430  X 

62.89 

63.02 
62.91 
62.27 
61.87 
61.41 

1.87 

1.50 
1.17 
1.37 
1.59 
1.23 

0.20 

Northern  Baja  California 

North-Central  Baja  California 

South-Central  Baja  California 

Southern  Baja  California..    

Gulf  of  California - 

0.09 
0.08 
0.13 
0.13 

Galapagos  Islands 

0.23 

Medium  (154  mm  SL) 


Central  California 

Southern  California 

Northern  Baja  California 

North-Central  Baja  California 
South-Central  Baja  Californa_ 

Southern  Baja  California 

Gulf  of  California 

Galapagos  Islands 


0 
258 
211 
438 
104 
128 
228 
15 


-2.37  + 
4.52  + 
4.05  + 
4.18  + 

-8.41  + 

5.31  + 

-14.36  + 


.5167  X 
.4698  X 
.4713  X 
.4752  X 
. 5489  X 
.4593  X 
. 5834  X 


77.20 
76.86 
76.63 
77.36 
76.12 
76.04 
75.48 


1.84 
2.46 
1.94 
2.10 
1.67 
1.85 
1.58 


0.11 
0.17 
0.09 
0.21 
0.15 
0.12 
0.41 


Large  (188  mm  SL) 


Central  California 

Southern  California 

Northern  Baja  California 

North-Central  Baja  California 
South-Central  Baja  California. 

Southern  Baja  California 

Gulf  of  California 

Galapagos  Islands 


258 
553 
74 
244 
177 

0 
110 

0 


-  1 1 . 85  + 
-4.69  + 

-12.23  + 

-3.29  + 

5.22  + 


.5727  X 
.5289  X 
.5654  X 
.5095  X 
. 4686  X 


-4.29  +  .5200  X 


95.82 
94.74 
94.07 
92.50 
93.32 

93.47 


2.32 
2  .22 
2.56 
2.39 
2.13 

1.91 


0.14 
0.10 
0.30 
0.15 
0.16 

0.18 


SARDINE  STUDY 


313 


APPENDIX   IV— Pectoral  Fin  Length 

Small  (126  mm  SL) 


Area 


Central  California 

Southern  California 

Northern  Baja  California 

North-Central  Baja  California 

South-Central  Baja  California 

Southern  Baja  California 

Gulf  of  California 

Galapagos  Islands 


N 


0 
87 

0 
325 
202 
112 
154 


Regression  Equation 


-1.31  +  .1809  X 


15  + 
99  + 
24  + 
32  + 

93  + 


1466  X 
1554  X 
1615  X 
1347  X 
1902  X 


21.48 

21.62 
21.57 
21.59 
23.29 
22.03 


Sy 


1.07 

0.75 
0.71 
0.93 
0.75 
0.80 


0.11 

0.04 
0.05 
0.08 
0.06 
0.15 


Medium  (154  mm  SL) 


Central  California 

Southern  California 

Northern  Baja  California 

North-Central  Baja  California 
South-Central  Baja  California. 

Southern  Baja  California 

Gulf  of  California 

Galapagos  Islands 


0 
258 
211 
438 
104 
128 
228 
15 


4.54  + 
3.98  4- 
2.33  + 
2.43  + 
9.34 
3.50 
0.79 


+ 
+ 


. 1386  X 
.1469  X 
.1543  X 
.1522  X 
.1112  X 
. 1540  X 
. 1669  X 


25 .  88 
26.60 
26.09 
25.87 
26.46 
27 .22 
26.49 


0.99 
0.95 
1.09 
0.89 
0.93 
0.96 
0.79 


0.06 
0.07 
0.05 
0.09 
0.08 
0.07 
0.20 


Large  H88  mm  SL) 


Central  California 

Southern  California 

Northern  Baja  California 

North-Central  Baja  California 
South-Central  Baja  California. 

Southern  Baja  California 

Gulf  of  California 

Galapagos  Islands 


258 
553 
74 
244 
177 

0 
110 

0 


6.65  + 
3.45  + 
9.79  + 
10.23  + 
7.88  + 


.1281  X 
.1451  X 
.1161  X 
.1110  X 
.1211  X 


-3.46  +  .1902  X 


30.73 
30.73 


31 

31 


62 
10 


30 .  65 


32.30 


.39 
.28 

.11 
.22 
.27 


1.08 


0.09 
0.06 
0.13 
0.08 
0.10 

0.10 


::i  I 


CALIFORNIA    FISH    AND   GAME 


APPENDIX  V— Gill  Rakers 

Small  (36  mm  HL) 


X 

Regression  equation 

Y 

Sy 

SE 

i  'entraj  ('alifornia   __    

0 

S7 

0 

325 

202 

112 

15  1 

28 

15.92  +   .6157  X 

15.15  +    .6132  X 
19.67  +   .4884  \ 

8.06  4-   .7608  X 
20.19  +   .4838  X 

19.16  +   .4634  X 

37.38 

36 .  52 
36.69 
35.45 
37.05 
35.31 

1.73 

1  .  52 
1.39 
2.00 
1.51 
1.44 

Southern  California . 

Northern  Baja  California     

North-Central  Baja  California 

^-Central  Baja  California 

Southern  Baja  California.    

Gulf  of  California 

0.19 

0.09 
0.10 
0.19 
0.12 

0.27 

Medium  (43  mm  HL; 


Central  California 

crn  California 

Northern  Baja  California 

North-Central  Baja  California 
South-Central  Baja  California. 

Southern  Baja  California 

Gulf  of  California 

Galapagos  Islands 


0 
258 
211 
438 
104 
128 
228 
15 


28.43  +  .2984  X 
22 .  37  +  .  4332  X 


19.78  + 
20.07  + 
26.96  + 
23.60  + 
31.12  + 


4970  X 
4718  X 
3294  X 
3942  X 

181'.  i  X 


41.26 
40.99 

41.14 
40.35 
41.12 
10.55 
38.94 


1.74 
1.59 
1.60 
1.73 
1.69 
1.96 
1.50 


0.11 
0.11 
0.08 
0.17 
0.15 
0.08 
0.39 


Large  (51  mm  HL) 


( !entral  California 

Southern  California 

Northern  Baja  California 

North-Central  Baja  California 
South-Central  Baja  California. 

Southern  Baja  California 

Gulf  of  California 

Galapagos  Islands 


553 

74 
I'll 
177 

0 
110 

0 


19.34 


.4949  X 


23.14  4-  .4049  X 
12.76  +  .6222  X 
.417C  X 

.4259  X 


23    . 
22.29  - 

_':;.  II  - 


.3822  X 


44.90 
44.06 
44.90 
44.96 
44.01 

43.15 


1.58 
1.79 
1.56 
1.87 

1.73 

1  .66 


0.10 
0.08 
0.18 
0.11 
0.13 

0.16 


HL  =  head  length. 


Calif.  Fish  and  Game,  58(4)  :  315-320.     1972. 


CHECK  LIST  OF  INTERTIDAL  FISHES  OF  TRINIDAD 
BAY,  CALIFORNIA,  AND  ADJACENT  AREAS1 

JOHN   R.  MORING2 

Department  of  Fisheries,  Humboldt  State  College, 

Areata,  California  95521 

Intertidal  fishes  of  Trinidad  Bay,  California,  were  sampled  from  May 
1965  to  May  1970.  The  1,517  fishes  collected  represented  20  species. 
Three  additional  species  were  collected  intertidaily  near  Point  St. 
George,  Del  Norte  County.  As  no  check  lists  of  tidepool  fishes  of  Hum- 
boldt and  Del  Norte  counties  are  currently  available,  a  check  list  is 
provided  for  Trinidad  Bay  species,  with  supplemental  notes  for  adjacent 
regions. 

INTRODUCTION 

There  have  been  few  reviews  and  descriptions  of  intertidal  fishes  of 
the  northern  California  coast,  Most  descriptions  have  been  included  in 
regional  monographs  and  studies.  Jordan  and  Evermann  (1896,  1898) 
and  other  workers  included  intertidal  fishes  in  early  monographs.  But- 
ter (1899)  studied  intertidal  fishes  of  Kodiak  Island,  Alaska,  Hubbs 
(1926)  reviewed  the  intertidal  cottid  genera  of  the  Pacific  coast,  and 
later  discussed  several  intertidal  blennioid  fishes  (Hubbs,  1927).  Schultz 
(1936)  included  many  intertidal  fishes  in  his  key  to  fishes  of  Washing- 
ton, Oregon,  and  adjacent  regions.  Bolin  (1944,  1947)  discussed  inter- 
tidal cottids,  and  Clemens  and  Wilby  (1961)  reviewed  intertidal  fishes 
of  northern  California  in  discussing  fishes  of  the  Pacific  coast  of  Can- 
ada. 

Several  workers  included  brief  descriptions  of  dominant  northern 
California  intertidal  fishes  in  their  reviews  of  fishes  of  other  regions. 
Starks  and  Morris  (1907)  and  Barnhart  (1936)  included  intertidal 
fishes  in  their  descriptions  of  fishes  of  southern  California,  and  Ever- 
mann and  Goldsborough  (1907)  included  intertidal  fishes  in  their  re- 
view of  fishes  of  Alaska.  Intertidal  residency  of  juvenile  northern  Cali- 
fornia fishes  has  been  noted  for  Scorpaenichthys  marmoratus  (O'Con- 
nell,  1953)  and  Sebastes  mystinus  (Wales,  1952). 

Gersbacher  and  Denison  (1930),  Williams  (1957),  and  Green  (1971) 
studied  fish  movement  in  the  intertidal  zone.  Morris  (1960)  and  Graham 
\  1970)  analyzed  temperature  sensitivity  of  several  species,  and  Mitchell 
(1953),  Johnston  (1954),  and  Nakamura  (1971)  reviewed  food  habits 
of  many  dominant  northern  California  tidepool  fishes.  Other  studies, 
including  those  by  Hubbs  and  Barnhart  (1944),  Schultz  (1944),  and 
Briggs  (1955),  are  helpful  in  considering  distributional  patterns. 

Two  workers  have  concentrated  solely  upon  enumerating  and  describ- 
ing California  tidepool  fishes  (Greeley,  1899;  Bolin,  1964).  However, 
both  based  their  discussions  upon  central  California  intertidal  fishes. 
There  have  been  no  reviews  of  tidepool  fishes  of  Trinidad  Bay,  Cali- 
fornia, or  adjacent  regions  along  the  coasts  of  Humboldt  and  Del  Norte 

1  Taken  in  part  from  a  Master  of  Science  thesis  submitted  to  the  faculty,  Humboldt 

State  College.  Accepted  for  publication  January  1972. 

2  Present   address :    Fisheries   Research   Institute,    University   of  "Washington,    Seattle, 

Washington. 

(  315  ) 


316 


CALIFORNIA   FISH   AND   GAME 


counties.  It  is  the  purpose  of  this  paper  to  provide  a  check  list  of  the 
intertidal  fishes  of  Trinidad  Bay,  and  furnish  notes  on  other  intertidal 
species  from  adjacent  regions. 

MEMORIAL    LIGHTHOUSE 
TIDEPOOLS 

BARE    ROCK 
TIDEPOOLS 


124°  9'    0" 


DOUBLE    ROCK 
TIDEPOOLS 


8 

BAKER 
TIDEPOOLS 


NORTH 


SOTSIN   PT 


LUFFENHOLTZ 
TIDEPOOLS 

TEPONA 
TIDEPOOLS 


0 


SCALE  (km) 


FIGURE    1.    Trinidad    Bay,   California:   site   of    intertidal    fish   sampling,    May    1965   to    May    1970. 


FISHES  OF  TRINIDAD  BAY  317 

COLLECTION 

Trinidad  Bay,  California,  is  located  approximately  14  miles  north  of 
Humboldt  Bay,  at  lat  41°  31'  N;  long  124°  8'  W  (Figure  1).  It  is 
semi-protected,  and  characterized  by  rocky  shores  with  scattered  tide- 
pools.  Tidepools  were  sampled  at  several  areas  within  the  bay  for  inter- 
tidal  fishes :  Tepona,  Luffenholtz,  Baker,  Double  Hock  Tidepools,  Bare 
Rock  Tidepools,  Memorial  Lighthouse  and  Little  Head.  Tidepool  areas, 
in  most  cases,  have  been  identified  herein  by  their  proximity  to  certain 
geographical  landmarks  in  Trinidad  Bay. 

Between  May  1965  and  May  1970,  1,517  intertidal  fishes  were  col- 
lected and  measured  during  53  collecting  trips.  Twenty  species  were 
identified  in  Trinidad  Bay.  Fishes  ranged  from  10  to  180  mm  tl,  aver- 
aging 49.4  mm.  Of  the  20  species  collected,  six  occurred  intertidally 
only  as  juveniles  (Citharichthys  stigmaeus,  Hemilepidotus  spinosus, 
Hcxagrammos  decagrammus,  Scorpaenichtliys  marmoratus,  Sebastes 
melanops,  and  8.  mystinus),  and  these  were  generally  seasonal  in  ap- 
pearance. 

Specimens  were  collected  with  a  variety  of  hand  nets  and  small 
seines.  Fishes  were  anesthetized  with  quinaldine  for  ease  in  handling 
during  measurement  (Moring,  1970). 

Intertidal  fishes  were  also  collected  and  measured  from  April  1967  to 
March  1970  from  tidepools  near  Cape  Mendocino,  Pewetole  Island 
(north  of  Trinidad  State  Beach),  Patricks  Point  State  Park,  and  Point 
St.  George.  Such  sampling  provided  opportunities  for  examining  fishes 
from  varying  intertidal  environments. 

SPECIES  COLLECTED 

The  twenty  intertidal  species  noted  for  Trinidad  Bay,  and  the  addi- 
tional species  collected  in  Humboldt  and  Del  Norte  counties,  by  no 
means  complete  the  check  list  for  intertidal  species  in  northern  Cali- 
fornia. TJndescribed  fish  species  may  exhibit  restrictions  of  habitat,  low 
density  in  tidepools,  or  seasonal  availability.  The  check  list  included  in 
Table  I  attempts  to  provide  a  basis  for  further  collection  and  enumera- 
tion of  Humboldt  and  Del  Norte  county  species.  Reference  to  keys  and 
descriptions  by  Schultz  (1936),  Bolin  (1944,  1964),  and  Clemens  and 
Wilby  (1961)  will  supplement  the  check  list. 

Other  Species 

Additional  intertidal  species  were  collected  from  tidepools  along  the 
coasts  of  Humboldt  and  Del  Norte  counties.  Some  or  all  of  these  species 
may  occur  in  Trinidad  Bay,  but  are  either  uncommon,  restricted  in 
habitat,  or  seasonal  in  appearance. 

Embiotocidae :  Three  juvenile  Embiotoca  lateralis  (77,  78,  and  79 
mm  tl)  were  collected  in  July  1969  in  tidepools  near  Point  St.  George, 
Del  Norte  County. 

Scorpaenidae :  A  single  Sebastes  paucispinis  (88  mm  tl)  was  col- 
lected in  July  1969  near  Point  St.  George.  It  was  schooling  in  a  deep 
tidepool  with  juvenile  S.  melanops  and  S.  mystinus. 

Cottidae :  Several  additional  species  of  cottids  may  be  found  in 
Trinidad  Bay.  Bolin  (1944)  reported  Ascelichthys  rhodorus  and  Oligo- 
cottus  rimensis  from  Crescent  City.  He  noted  the  latter  species  was 


318 


CALIFORNIA  FISH   AND   GAME 


TABLE   1 — Cheek   List  of   Intertidal    Fish   Species   Collected,  and  Their  Size   Ranges  in 
Trinidad  Bay,  California,  During  May  1965  to  May  1970. 


Species 


Gobiesocidae: 
Gobiesox  maeandricus. 


Stichaeidae: 

Anoplarchus  purpurescens. 

Cebidichthys  violaceus 

Xiphister  atropurpureus 


Pholidae: 

Apodichthys  flavidus. 

Pholis  ornata 

Xcrerpes  fucorum 


Scorpaenidae: 

f  Sebastes  mclanops. 

f  .Sebastes  myslinus. 


Hexagrammidae : 

f  Hexagrammos  decagram) 

Cottidae: 

Artedius  fenestralis 

Artedius  lateralis 

Clinocottus  acuticeps 

Clinocottus  globiceps 

t  Hemilepidotus  spinosus 

Oligocottus  maculosus 

Oligocottus  snyderi 

t  Scorpaenichthys  m  i 

Cyclopteridae: 

Liparis  florae 


Bothidae: 

:  arichthys  stigm 


X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Tidepool  areas 


o 

X 

X 

•— 
--. 

>> 

r* 

- 

_ 

m 

P 

- 


—      « 

•r    c 


"3 


21 

* 

38 


11 

1 

15 


74 

4 


to 

c 


25-91 

35-110 
29-180 


IS    17(1 

61 
46-155 


42  65 


05-75 


1 

47 

2 

119-120 

5 

22-41 

5 

42-130 

2 

34-30 

1,031 

10-95 

191 

13-101 

24 

33-134 

_v,   lis 


47   62 


*  One  specimen,  approximately  1  m  tl,  not  measured, 
t  Juveniles. 


"uncommon.  Leptocottus  armatus,  a  common  subtidal  species  in  Trinidad 
Bay,  has  been  reported,  intertidally  in  central  California  (Bolin. 
1964).  Tomales  Bay  (Jones,  1962),  and  British  Columbia  (Clemens 
and  Wilby,  1961)/ 

Pleuronectidae :  A  juvenile  Parophrys  vetulus  (26  mm  tl)  was  col- 
lected in  May  1969  from  a  sand-mud  bottomed  tidepool  near  Point  St. 
George.  A  larger  juvenile  (43  mm  tl)  was  collected  in  the  same  area 
in  July  1969.  The  only  apparent  previous  literature  record  of  young 
P.  vetulus  found  in   tidepools  was  by  Villadolid    (1927)    concerning 

fly  collections  by  Hubbs.  Hubbs  (pers.  comm.)  collected  one  juvenile 
/'.  vetulus  (20  mm  sl)  in  June  1923  from  tidepools  near  Point  St. 
George.  Hubbs  reported  other  intertidal  collecting  of  P.  vetulus  juve- 
niles along  the  San  Luis  Obispo  County  coast. 


FISHES  OF   TRINIDAD   BAY  319 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

Special  thanks  are  due  David  Misitano  and  my  wife,  Kathleen,  for 
assisting  me  on  many  collecting  trips  over  the  past  years. 

Carl  L.  Hubbs  of  Scripps  Institution  of  Oceanography  kindly  sup- 
plied field  notes  and  other  information  concerning  his  intertidal 
collections.  George  H.  Allen,  of  Humboldt  State  College  reviewed  the 
manuscript,  and  offered  helpful  suggestions  throughout  the  course  of 
the  study. 

REFERENCES 

Barnhart,  P.  S.     1936.     Marine  fishes  of  southern  California.  Univ.  California  Press, 

Berkeley.  209p. 
Bolin.  R.  L.     1944.     A  review  of  the  marine  cotticl  fishes  of  California.   Stanford 

Ichthyol.  Bull.  3(1)  :  1-135. 
.     1947.     The  evolution  of  the  marine  Cottidae  of  California  with  a  discussion 

of  the  genus  as  a  systemic  category.   Stanford  Ichthyol.  Bull.  3(3)  :  153-168. 

1964.     Key  to  intertidal  fishes.  In  S.  F.  Light,  R.  I.  Smith,  F.  A.  Pitelka. 


D.  P.  Abbott,  and  F.  M.  Weesner,  Intertidal  invertebrates  of  the  central  California 
coast.  Univ.  California  Press,  Berkeley :  313-322. 

Briggs,  J.  C.     1955.     A  monograph  of  the  clingfishes    (Order  Xenopterygii ) .   Stan- 
ford Ichthyol.  Bull.  6.  224p. 

Clemens,  W.  A.,  and  G.  V.  Wilby.     1961.     Fishes  of  the  Pacific  coast  of  Canada. 
Fish.  Res.  Bd.  Canada  Bull.   (68)   2nd  ed. :  1-443. 

Evermann,  B.  W.,  and  E.  L.  Goldsborough.     1907.     The  fishes  of  Alaska.  U.S.  Bur. 
Fish.  Bull.  26   (1906)  :  219-360. 

Gersbacher,   W.    M.    and   M.    Denison.     1930.     Experiments   with   animals    in    tide- 
pools.  Publ.  Puget  Sound  Mar.  Biol.  Sta.  7:209-215. 

Graham,  J.  B.     1970.     Temperature  sensitivity  of  two  species  of  intertidal   fishes. 
Copeia  1970(1)  :  49-56. 

Greeley,  A.  W.     1S99.     Notes  on  the  tide-pool  fishes  of  California,  with  a  description 
of  four  new  species.  Bull.  U.S.  Fish.  Comm.  19 :  7-20. 

Green,  J.  M.     1971.     High   tide   movements  and  homing  behaviour  of   the   tidepool 
sculpin  Oligocottus  maculosus.  J.  Fish.  Res.  Bd.  Canada  2S(3)  :  3S3-3s:t. 

Hubbs,  C.  L.     1926.     A  revision  of  the  fishes  of  the  Subfamily  Oligocottinae.  Occ. 
Papers  Mus.  Zool.,  Univ.  Michigan  7(171).  18p. 

.     1927.     Notes  on   the  blennioid   fishes    of  western   North   America.   Papers 

Michigan  Acad.  Sci.,  Arts,  and  Letters  7 :  351-394. 

and  P.    S.   Barnhart.     1944.     Extensions   of   range   for   blennioid   fishes    in 


southern  California.  Calif.  Fish  and  Game  30(1)  :  49-51. 
Johnston,  R.   F.     1954.     The   summer   food   of   some   intertidal   fishes   of   Monterey 

County,  California.  Calif.  Fish  and  Game  40(1)  :05-68. 
Jones,  A.  C.     1962.     The  biology  of  the  euryhaline  fish  Leptocottiif;  armatus  >n  mains 

Girard    (Cottidae).   Univ.    California   Publ.   Zool.   67(4)  :  321-368. 
Jordan,  D.  S.  and  B.  W.  Evermann.     1*96.     A  checklist  of  the  fishes  and  fish-like 

vertebrates  of  North  and  Middle  America.  Rep.  U.S.  Comm.  Fish.   (1895),  Appen- 
dix 5 : 207-5S4. 

— .     1S98.     The  fishes  of  North  and  Middle  America.  Bull.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus    47 

(Part  II)  :1241-21S3. 
Mitchell,    D.   F.     1953.     An   analysis   of   stomach   contents   of   California    tide    poo] 

fishes.  Amer.  Midi.  Nat.  49:  802-871. 
Moring,  J.  R.     1970.     Use  of  the   anesthetic  quinaldine  for  handling  Pacific  coast 

intertidal  fishes.  Trans.  Amer.  Fish.  Soc.  99(4)  :  802-805. 
Morris,  R.  W.     1960.     Temperature,  salinity,   and  southern  limits  of  three  spec 

of   Pacific   cottid   fishes.    Limnol.    and    Oceanogr.    5(1)  :  175— 179. 
Nakamura,  R.     1971.     Food  of  two  cohabiting  tide-pool  Cottidae.  J.  Fish.  Res.  Bd 

Canada  IS (6)  :  928-932. 
O'Connell,  C.  P.     1953.     The  life  history  of  the  cabezon,  Scorpacnichthys  marmora- 

tus   (Ayres).  Calif.  Dep.  Fish  and  Game,  Fish  Bull.    (93)  :  1-76. 
Rutter,  C.     1899.     Notes  on  a  collection  of  tide-pool  fishes  from  Kadiak   (sic)   Island 

in  Alaska.  Bull.  U.S.  Fish.  Comm.  18(1898)  :189-192. 
Schultz,  L.  P.     1936.     Keys  to  the  fishes  of  Washington,  Oregon,  and   closely  ad- 
joining regions.   Univ.   Washington   Publ.   Biol.   2 ( 4 )  :  103-22S. 
■ .     1944.     A  revision  of  the  American  clingfishes,  Family  Gobiesocidae.  with 

descriptions  of  new  genera  and  forms.  Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.  96(3187)  :  47-77. 


320  CALIFORNIA  FISTT   AXD   GAME 

Starks,  E.  C.   and  E.  L.  Morris.     1907.     The  marine  fishes  of  southern  California. 

Univ.  California  Publ.  Zool.  3(1)  :  159-251. 
Villadolid,  D.  V.     1927.     The  flatfishes   (Heterosoruata)   of  the  Pacific  coast  of  the 

United  States.  Ph.D.  dissertation,  Stanford  University,  Stanford.  332p. 
Wales.  J.  H.     1952.     Life  history  of  the  blue  rockfish,  Scbaslodes  mystinus.  Calif. 

Fish  and  Game  38(4)  :  4S5-19S. 
Williams,   G.  C.     1957.     Homing  behavior   of  California   rocky   shore   fishes.   Univ. 

California   Publ.   Zool.   59  ( 7 )  :  249-2S4. 


NOTES 


TWO  NEW  SEA  URCHIN-ACORN 
BARNACLE  ASSOCIATIONS 

On  August  25,  1970,  John  Duffy.  Bob  Hardy,  and  Jack  Ames  col- 
lected a  purple  sea  urchin,  Strongyloccntrohis  purpuratus  (Stimpson), 
off  Mussel  Shoal,  Ventura  County,  California.  This  66  mm  urchin, 
(Figure  1)  living  on  a  rocky  substrate  at  a  depth  of  15  ft,  had  an  acorn 
barnacle,  Balanus  concavus  pacificus  Pilsbry,  attached  to  the  surface 
of  its  test. 

On  October  12,  1970,  Reinholt  Banek,  Fish  and  Wildlife  seasonal 
aid,  collected  a  red  sea  urchin,  Strongylocentrotus  franciscanus 
(Agassiz),  1  mile  south  of  Davenport  Landing,  Santa  Cruz  County, 


FIGURE    1.   The   acorn    barnacle   Balanus   concavus   pacificus   attached    to   the    purple   sea    urchin, 
Stronglyocentrotus    purpuratus.    Photograph    by    John    Duffy    and    Jack    Ames. 

(321) 


322 


CALIFORNIA   FISH    AXD   GAME 


California.  The  urchin  lest  measured  324  mm  (204  mm  including 
spines),  and  was  collected  in  a  rocky,  sandy  area  at  a  depth  of  40  ft. 
All  ached  to  the  urchin  was  a  large  barnacle  Balanus  nubilis  Darwin 
measuring  41  mm  basal  width  (Figure  2). 


FiGURE    2.    The    large    barnacle,    Balanus    nubilis    attached    to    the    red    sea    urchin,    Strongylo- 
cenfrotus   franciscanus.    Photograph    by   John    Geibel. 


To  our  knowledge  only  two  reports  of  growths  on  urchins  have  been 
published.  Strachan  (1969)  reported  Balanus  tintinnabulum  cali- 
fornicus  Pilsbry  living  on  Lytechinus  an am <  sit*  II.  L.  Clark.  Boolootian 
(1958)  reported  the  same  species  of  barnacle  living  on  the  red  sea 
urchin.  St ran g ylocentrotus  franciscanus  (Agassiz). 

The  attachment  of  B.  cmu-am*  pacificus  to  S.  purpuratus  represents 
Hie  first  report  of  any  barnacle  attaching  to  8.  purpuratus.  It  also 
represents  the  first  report  of  B.  concavus  pacificus  attaching  to  any 
urchin.  Strongyloci  ntrotus  franciscanus  has  been  reported  in  the  litera- 
ture as  harboring  the  barnacle  B.  tintinnabulum  califomicus.  However, 
the  attachment  of  B.  nubilis  to  S.  franciscanus  represents  the  first  re- 
port of  B.  nubilis  attaching  to  any  urchin. 


NOTES  323 

Since  this  note  was  submitted,  two  Department  of  Fish  and  Game 
biologists  have  called  other  urchin-barnacle  associations  to  our  atten- 
tion. K.  A.  Hardy  noted  three,  S.  purpuratus  encrusted  with  unidenti- 
fied barnacles  at  Point  Fermin  San  Pedro,  and  M.  W.  Odemar  reported 
a  large  number  of  both  S.  purpuratus  and  8.  franciscanus  harboring 
barnacles  at  Point  Dume,  Los  Angeles  County. 

REFERENCES 

P>oolootian,  R.  A.       1958.     Notes  on  an  unexpected   association  between  a  common 

barnacle  and  eehinoid.  So.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci..  Bull.  57(2)  :91-92. 
Light.  S.  F.,  li.  I.  Smith,  F.  A.  Pitelka,  D.  P.  Abbott  and  F.  M.  Weesner.     1964. 

Intertidal   invertebrates   of   the   central    California   coast.    U.    C.    Press.    Berkeley. 

446  p. 
Strachan,    A.    R.     1970.     A    white    sea    urchin-acorn    barnacle    enigma.    Calif.    Fish 

and  Game  56(2)  :134-135. 

James  L.  Houk  and  John  M.  Duffy.  Marine  Resources  Region,  Cali- 
fornia Department  of  Fish  and  Game.  Accepted  for  publication 
February  1972. 


NEW  HOSTS  AND  BATHYMETRIC  RANGE  EXTENSION 

FOR  COLOBOMATUS  EMBIOTOCAE 

(CRUSTACEA,  COPEPODA) 

In  July  and  August,  1971,  the  R/V  Searcher,  while  otter  trawling 
in  Monterey  and  Bodega  bays,  for  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences 
recovered  131  pink  seaperch,  Zalembius  rosace  us,  and  five  spotfin  surf- 
perch,  Hyperprosopon  anale.  Eleven,  or  13.4%,  of  the  82  adult  pink 
seaperch  were  parasitized  by  the  philichthyid  copepod,  Colobomatus 
cmbiotocae  Nobel,  Collard  and  Wilkes,  1969.  Two  of  the  five  spotfin 
surfperch  were  parasitized  by  the  copepod.  The  occurrence  of  C.  em- 
biotocae  on  the  pink  seaperch  and  spotfin  surfperch  represents  two  new 
host  records  for  this  parasite,  which  was  previously  known  from  nine 
other  species  of  embioticids  (Nobel  et  al.  1969). 

C.  embiotocae  is  found  under  the  thick  cartilaginous  skin  covering 
the  bony  ridges  of  the  head,  and  in  the  cephalic  sensory  canal  system 
(Nobel  et  al.  1969).  In  this  study,  female  copepods  were  recovered 
only  from  the  preopercular  section  of  the  preopercular-mandibular 
canal    (terminology  follows   Freihofer,   pers.    comm.)  ;    see    Figure    1. 

The  pink  seaperch  occupies  a  habitat  distinct  from  the  characteristic 
intertidal  and  shallow  subtidal  inshore  habitat  of  other  embioticids.  It 
occurs  commonly  between  15  to  50  or  more  fathoms,  and  rarely  enters 
shallow  water  (Roedel,  1953).  De  Martini  (1969)  reported  that  the  pink 
seaperch  is  a  benthonic  feeder,  with  the  principal  foods  being  gastropods 
and  gammarid  amphipods;  pelecypods  and  small  fish  make  up  a  minor 
portion  of  the  diet.  Examination  of  the  stomach  contents  from  six  of 
the  pink  seaperch  revealed  a  similar  dependence  on  the  benthos.  Identi- 
fiable molluscan  fragments  included  in  the  gastropods  Nassarius  meu- 
dicus,  Olivcila  sp.  and  Turbonilla  sp.,  the  scaphopods  Cadulus  fusi- 
formis,  and  Dentalium  pretiosum,  and  the  pelecypods  Nucidana  taphria 


324 


CALIFORNIA  FISH   AND  GAME 


and  Lasaca  cistula.  Based  on  the  feeding  of  the  pink  seaperch  on  ben- 
thonic  molluscs,  it  seems  reasonable  to  conclude  that  these  fish  were 
trawled  on  or  near  the  bottom,  thus  extending  the  bathymetric  range 
of  C.  cmbiotocac  from  near-shore  shallow  water  (Nobel  et  al.  1969)  to 
a  depth  of  40  fathoms. 


FIGURE   1.   Colobomatus   embioiocae    in   the    preopercular    section    of   the    preopercular-mandib- 
ular  canal.  Copepod  is  a  little  longer  than  normal. 

Young  of  the  year  pink  seaperch,  perhaps  2  or  3  months  old,  were 
found  at  every  station  producing  pink  seaperch,  except  Station  3 
(Table  1).  At  Station  2  (20  fathoms),  young  of  the  year  pink  seaperch 
composed  over  two-thirds  of  the  pink  seaperch  taken  at  that  station. 
Pink  seaperch  in  this  age  group  were  not  parasitized,  and  therefore 
have  not  been  included  in  the  calculation  of  the  rate  of  infection.  All 
of  the  copepods  recovered  were  ovigerous  females,  except  one  from  the 
pink  seaperch  and  two  from  the  spotfin  surfperch.  Male  copepods  were 
not  observed.  Equal  infection  rates  were  found  at  Monterey  Bay  (Sta- 
tion 1)  and  a  month  later  at  Bodega  Bay  (Station  3  and  4). 

Spotfin  surfperch  are  found  typically  along  sandy  beaches  of  the 
outer  coast.  Isaacson  and  Pool   (1965)   reported  spotfin  surfperch  be- 


NOTES 


325 


tween  25  and  37  fathoms  in  the  Bodega  Bay  region.  The  R/V  Searcher 
trawled  five  specimens  in  one  tow  off  the  mouth  of  Tomales  Bay  in  10 
fathoms  of  water.  Pink  seaperch  were  not  taken  at  this  station. 

Twelve  copepods  have  been  deposited  in  the  Department  of  Inverte- 
brate Zoology,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  Golden  Gate  Park,  San 
Francisco,  California  and  three  specimens  in  the  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution. 

TABLE   1 — Collection  Data  and  Infection  Rates  of  the  Parasitic  Copepod 
Co/obomafus  emb/ofocae  on  the  Pink  Seaperch. 


Station  number 

Number 
of  pink 

seaperch 
trawled 

Number 

of  young 

of  the 

year 

Number 

of 

adults 

Number 
of  adults 
parasi- 
tized 

Rate  of 

infection 

% 

Station  1 
Monterey  Bay,  4-6  miles  WNW  of  Elkhorn 
Slough,  30-40  fathoms . 

35 
54 

17 
25 

5 

39 

0 

5 

30 
15 

17 
20 

4* 
2 
2 
3* 

13.3 

Station  2 
Bodega  Bay,  2.5  miles  W  of  Dillon  Beach 
20  fathoms .. 

13.3 

Station  3 
Off  Bodega  Bay,  3-4  miles  W  of  Tomales 
Bay,  30  fathoms ._    .    . 

11.8 

Station  4 
Off  Bodega  Bay,  3  miles  SW  of  Bodega 
Head,  40  fathoms  ..      

15.0 

Total 

131 

49 

82 

11 

13.4 

*  A  bilateral  infection  was  found  on  one  fish  from  these  stations. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


I  am  indebted  to  the  Janss  Foundation,  Thousand  Oaks,  California, 
and  to  Dr.  Earl  Herald,  Steinhart  Aquarium,  California  Academy  of 
Sciences,  for  the  ship  time  aboard  the  R/V  Searcher.  Mr.  Dustin  Chi- 
vers  and  Mr.  James  Carlton  offered  many  helpful  suggestions  through- 
out the  preparation  of  this  paper,  and  Mr.  Allyn  G.  Smith  kindly 
identified  the  molluscan  material.  Dr.  "Warren  C.  Freihofer  provided 
the  name  of  the  cephalic  sensory  canal. 


REFERENCES 

De  Martini,  Edward  E.  1969.  A  correlative  study  of  the  ecology  and  comparative 

feeding  mechanism  morphology  of  the  Embiotocidae    (surf -fishes)    as   evidence  of 

the  family's  adaptive  radiation  into  available  ecological  niches.  Wasman  J.  Biol. 

27(2)  :  177-247. 
Isaacson,  Peter  A.  and  Richard  L.  Pool.  1965.  New  northern  records  for  the  spotfin 

surfperch.  Hyperprosopon  anale.  California  Fish  Game  51(1)  :  47. 
Nobel,  Elmer  R.,   Sneed  B.  Collard,  and  Stanley  N.   Wilkes.     1969.     A  new   phili- 

chthyid  copepod  parasitic  in  the  mucous  canals  of  surfperches    (Embiotocidae). 

J.  Parasitol.  55(2)  :  435-442. 
Roedel,  Phil  M.     1953.     Common  ocean  fishes  of  the  California  coast.   Calif.  Dep. 

of  Fish  and  Game,  Fish  Bull.  (91)  :  1-184. 

— Ernest  W.  Iverson,  Skaggs  Island,  Sonoma,  California  95476.  Ac- 
cepted for  publication  April  1972. 


326  CALIFORNIA  FISH  AND  GAME 

SOUTHERN   RANGE  EXTENSION   FOR  THE  YELLOWFIN 

GOBY,  ACANTHOGOB1US  FLAVIMANUS 

(TEMMINCK  AND  SCHLEGEL) 

Four  specimens  of  the  yellowfin  goby,  Acanthogo'bius  flavimanus 
have  been  collected  from  Elkhorn  Slough,  Monterey  County,  California. 
Brittan,  et  al.  (1963)  first  reported  its  occurrence  in  California  waters 
from  the  San  Joaquin  River.  Since  this  report,  the  yellowfin  goby  has 
spread  throughout  the  San  Francisco  Bay-Delta  area  and  has  recently 
been  reported  from  Bolinas  Lagoon.  (Brittan,  et  al.  1070). 

The  first  specimen  from  Elkhorn  Slough  was  collected  by  L.  J.  Hen- 
dricks of  San  Jose  State  College,  17  July  1970.  It  was  collected  with  a 
beach  seine  in  the  northern  arm  of  Elkhorn  Slough  near  the  Elkhorn 
Yacht  Club.  It  has  a  standard  length  of  155  mm  (196  mm  tl)  and  is 
deposited  in  the  fishes  collection  at  San  Jose  State  College  (SJSC 
no.  ES-39). 

The  second  specimen  was  collected  by  Larry  Wade  of  Moss  Landing 
Marine  Laboratories  on  13  July  1971,  by  hand  from  Bennett  Slough 
(a  northern  extension  of  the  northern  arm  of  Elkhorn  Slough)  near 
the  locality  of  capture  of  the  first  specimen.  The  standard  length  is 
177  mm  (231  mm  tl).  It  has  been  deposited  in  the  fishes  collection 
at  Moss  Landing  Marine  Laboratories  (MLML  no.  ES-27). 


«&> 


Slpppp :  ;  mm 

m^Jf    !2!    r3*    '4'    lV    !6!    '?'    '8'     9!    W    hf    V    '13s    W    V: 

I       '  :  : 

FIGURE  1.  Yellowfin  goby,  Acanthogobius  flavimanus,  186  mm  SL,  collected  from  Elkhorn 
Slough  near  Kirby  Park,  Monterey  County,  by  G.  Victor  Morejohn.  Photograph 
by  the  author,  March   1972. 

The  other  two  specimens  were  collected  by  G.  Victor  Morejohn  of 
Moss  Landing  Marine  Laboratories  on  8  October  1971,  by  seine  in 
the  upper  reaches  of  Elkhorn  Slough  near  Kirby  Park.  Their  standard 
lengths  are  186  mm  and  132  mm  (235  mm  and  162  mm  tl)  and  also 
have  been  deposited  at  Moss  Landing  Marine  Laboratories  (MLML 
nos.  ES-29  and  T-75).  Figure  1  is  a  photograph  of  the  larger  specimen 
(MLML  no.  ES-29). 


NOTES  327 

Brittan,  et  al.  (1970)  discussed  three  possible  methods  of  introduc- 
tion of  the  yellowfm  goby  into  Bolinas  Lagoon  from  San  Francisco 
Bay:  migration,  discard  of  baithsh  and  transport  in  a  ship's  sea  water 
system.  One  or  a  combination  of  these  methods  is  probably  responsible 
for  the  introduction  of  the  yellowfin  goby  into  Elkhorn  Slough.  Since 
no  vessels  visiting  the  Orient  anchor  near  the  mouth  of  Elkhorn  Slough, 
the  source  of  the  introduction  may  be  a  natural  dispersion  of  tbe  species 
population  of  San  Francisco  Bay. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT 

Support  for  this  note  was  provided  by  NOAA  Office  of  Sea  Grant, 
Department  of  Commerce  at  the  Moss  Landing  Marine  Laboratories  of 
the  California  State  Universities. 

REFERENCES 

Brittan,  Martin  R.,  Arnold  B.  Albrecht,  and  John  B.  Hopkirk.  19G3.  An  oriental 
goby  collected  in  the  San  Joaquin  River  Delta  near  Stockton,  California.  Calif. 
Fish  Game  49(4)  :  302-304. 

Brittan,  Martin  R.,  John  D.  Hopkirk,  Jerrold  D.  Conners,  and  Michael  Martin. 
1970.  Explosive  spread  of  the  oriental  goby  Acanthogobius  flavimanus  in  the 
San  Francisco  Bay-Delta  region  of  California.  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4, 
38(11)  :  207-214. 

— Gary  E.  Kuhowski,  Moss  Landing  Marine  Laboratories,  Moss  Land- 
ing, California  95039.  Accepted  for  publication  April  1972. 


CALIFORNIA  CONDOR  SURVEY,   1971 

The  seventh  annual  California  condor  (Gymnogyps  calif ornianus) 
survey  was  conducted  on  October  13  and  14,  1971.  Survey  methods 
and  evaluation  procedures  were  essentially  the  same  as  has  been  re- 
ported in  past  surveys  (Mallette,  et  al.,  1966,  1967,  1970,  1972,  Sibley, 
et  al.,  1968,  1969).  Eighteen  observation  stations  were  manned  during 
the  survey,  an  increase  of  two  over  1970 ;  however,  the  number  of 
observers  remained  the  same  at  45.  Observation  stations  were  manned 
from  noon  until  condor  activity  ceased,  normally  around  5  :00  pm.  No 
baiting  was  attempted.  Weather  on  October  13,  was  low  overcast  and 
fog  in  the  Tehachapi  Mountain  area  and  clear  skies  in  the  Sespe 
Condor  Sanctuary  and  vicinity.  Winds  were  calm.  Temperatures 
ranged  from  68  F  on  Frazier  Mountain  to  98  F  in  the  Sespe  Condor 
Sanctuary.  Weather  on  October  14,  was  clear  with  gusty  winds  to 
20  mph  in  the  Tehachapi  Mountain  area  with  visibility  of  zero  in  the 
Sespe  Condor  Sanctuary  due  to  fog.  Temperatures  ranged  from  60  F 
on  Frazier  Mountain  to  77  F  on  Grapevine  Peak. 

An  analysis  of  the  sightings  was  made  to  eliminate  duplication  and 
indicated  a  minimum  of  29  individual  condors  were  seen  on  October 
13,  and  34  on  October  14.  The  age  structure  for  October  14,  was  28 
adults,  4  immatures  and  2  unclassified.  Only  the  Tehachapi  portion  of 
the  population  was  counted  as  no  sightings  were  reported  from  the 
Sespe  Condor  Sanctuary  on  October  14.  It  is  believed  no  exchange  of 


::in 


CALIFORNIA    FISH    AND   OA.MK 


birds  occurred  between   these   two  areas  on  this   day.   Other  raptors 
observed  were : 


Numbers 


Species 


Turkey  vulture  (Cathartcs  aura) 

Golden  eagle  (Aguila  chrysaetos) 

Sharp-shinned  hawk  (Ascipiter  striatus) 

Cooper's  hawk  (A.  cooperi) 

Red-tailed  hawk  {Buteo  jamaicensis) 

Swainson's  hawk  (B.  swainsont) 

Ferruginous  hawk  (B.  regalis) 

Sparrow  hawk  (Falco  spanerius) 

Prairie  falcon  (F.  mexicanus) 

Peregrine  falcon  (F.  peregrinus) 

Marsh  hawk  (Circus  cyaneus) 


A  comparison  of  the  data  collected  over  the  past  seven  surveys  indi- 
cates that  the  condor  population  has  remained  fairly  constant  during 
this  time.  Fluctuations  of  the  total  number  seen  during  the  1065 
through  1971  surveys  is  more  an  indication  of  weather  conditions 
during  the  survey  days  than  it  is  of  any  major  changes  in  the  actual 
population  structure. 

REFERENCES 

Mallette,  Robert  D.  and  John  C.  Borneman,  1966.     First  cooperative  study  of  the 

California  condor.  California  Fish  Game  52(3)  :  1S5-203. 
Mallette,  Robert  IX,  John  C.  Borneman,  Fred  Sibley  and  Raymon  S.  Dalen.  1967. 

Second  cooperative  survey  of  the  California  candor.  California  Fish  Game  53(3)  : 

132-145. 
Mallette,  Robert  D.,  Fred  C.  Sibley,  W.  Dean  Carrier  and  John  C.  Borneman,  1970. 

California  condor  surveys,  1969.  California  Fish  and  Game  56(3)  :  199-202. 
Mallette,  Robert  D.,  Sanford  Wilbur,  W.  Dean  Carrier  and  John  C.  Borneman,  1972. 

California  condor  survey,  1970.  California  Fish  Game  58(1)  :  67-68. 
Sibley,   Fred  C,   Robert  D.  Mallette,  John  C.   Borneman   and  Raymond    S.   Dalen, 

1968.  Third  cooperative  survey  of  the  California  condor.  California  Fish  Game 
54(4)  :  297-303. 

Sibley,  Fred  C,  Robert  D.  Mallette,   John  C.  Borneman,   and  Raymond   S.   Dalen, 

1969.  California  condor  surveys,  1968.  California  Fish  Game  55(4)  :  298-306. 


-W.  Dean  Carrier,  U.S.  Forest  Service;  Robert  D.  Mallette,  Califor- 
nia Department  of  Fish  and  Game;  Sanford  Wilbur,  Bureau  of 
Sport  Fisheries  and  Wildlife;  John  C.  Borneman,  National  Audubon 
Society.  Accepted  for  Publication  July  1972.  Supported  by  Federal 
Aid  to  Wildlife  Restoration  Project  W-54-R  "Special  Wildlife  In- 
vestigations." Prepared  for  and  with  approval  of  the  Condor  Tech- 
nical Committee. 


BOOK  REVIEWS 

Mountain  Sheep:  A  Study  in  Behavior  and  Evolution. 

by  Valerius  Geist;   University  of  Chicago  Press,  1971; 
383  p.  $14.50 

Valerius  Geist  used  the  behavior  of  mountain  sheep  as  a  tool  to  study  the  animal; 
thus  this  in  not  just  another  case  of  using  the  animal  to  study  behavior.  It  is  a  book 
that  deals  with  the  evolutionary  forces  that  have  shaped  the  sheep's  behavior  pat- 
terns and  developed  the  animal  to  what  it  is  today. 

There  is  something  about  mountain  sheep  that  is  extremely  fascinating  and  chal- 
lenging to  study.  Once  exposed  to  this  animal  in  the  wild  you  are  "hooked," 
something  akin  to  gold  fever.  Whether  you  are  a  "hooked"  student,  photographer,  or 
hunter  of  mountain  sheep  or  not.  I  recommend  this  book.  You  will  find  his  approach 
unique.  He  has  deliberately  slighted  some  ecological  factors  and  management  or 
conservation  considerations,  instead  concentrating  on  developing  a  comprehensive 
theory  of  mountain  sheep  evolution.  Yet  the  information  developed  will  be  very 
useful  in  giving  administrators  the  understanding  of  the  animal  necessary  in  devel- 
oping and  implementing  necessary  management  programs. 

If  you  are  not  a  professional  wildlifer  and  you  think  the  graphs,  charts,  and 
formula  are  beyond  your  comprehension,  do  as  the  author  suggests :  first  read 
Chapter  1  and  the  conclusions  in  Chapter  12,  then  Chapters  5  and  11,  and  then  the 
introductions  to  the  remaining  chapters. 

I  waited  anxiously  the  availability  of  this  book  for  I  had  the  good  fortune  of 
discussing  sheep  with  Dr.  Geist  in  Bishop,  California,  wliere  he  was  the  invited 
speaker  of  the  Desert  Bighorn  Council  in  April  1970.  I  also  got  to  view  some  of  the 
16  mm  film  taken  during  his  studies.  He  mentions  these  films  in  the  preface  where 
information  is  given  on  how  to  purchase  or  borrow  them.  I  believe  these  films  should 
be  viewed  to  augment  the  knowledge  you  can  gain  from  the  book.  The  89  black  and 
white  plates  in  the  book  give  you  an  indication  of  the  quality  of  the  pictures  taken 
during  his  3^  years  in  the  field  with  the  Stone,  the  Dall,  and  Rocky  Mountain 
bighorn.  The  pictures,  all  taken  at  close  range,  will  also  let  you  appreciate  the 
incredible  feat  of  conducting  a  study  of  wild  free-ranging  mountain  sheep  at  all 
seasons  of  the  year. 

This  book  will  be  the  sheep  biologists'  bible  for  many  years  to  come.  His  methods 
for  recording  quantitative  behavioral  data  with  a  minimum  of  subjective  evaluation 
will  be  copied  by  many.  For  those  of  you  who  will  buy  the  book  and  use  it  as 
reference  there  is  a  very  good  index. 

Dr.  Geist  has  answered  for  me  in  Chapter  5,  Tradition  and  Evolution  of  Social 
System,  a  paradox  that  I  have  been  at  a  loss  to  explain.  Wild  sheep  as  a  group 
have  been  very  successful,  spreading  during  the  Pleistocene  through  most  of  the 
mountain  ranges  of  the  northern  hemisphere.  However,  today  sheep  maintain  their 
distribution  as  a  living  tradition  and  rarely  will  they  fill  empty  suitable  habitat. 
Today  sheep  in  the  western  United  States  survive  in  a  situation  far  different  from 
that  of  the  ideal  bighorn  habitat  of  posl  glacial  period  during  which  they  evolved 
and  developed  behavior  patterns.  Sheep  habitat  is  not  as  continuous  today  as  it 
once  was.  Young  sheep  follow  adults  and  adopt  their  habitat.  Natural  selection 
would  be  against  dispersing  animals  wandering  into  unsuitable  habitat. 

— R.  A.  Weaver 

Fishes  of  Montana 

By    C.    D.    J.    Brown;    Big    Sky    Books,    Montana    State    University,    Bozeman,    Montana;     1972. 
207  p.  Illustrated.  $4.50  paper. 

There  is  a  wealth  of  information  in  this  book,  of  use  to  the  professional  fisheries 
worker  as  well  as  the  interested  angler  or  student.  The  information  is  logically 
presented.  Short  introductory  sections  describe  the  history  of  fish  collections  in 
Montana  and  the  rivers,  lakes  and  reservoirs  and  present  a  map  of  Montana  show- 
ing major  waters,  and  notes  on  the  preservation  of  fish  and  the  use  of  keys.  There 
is  a  brief  but  complete  glossary  which  identifies  the  few  scientific  terms  used  in 
language  easily  understood  by  the  layman.  Diagrams  of  a  cutthroat  trout  and  a 
largemouth   bass  are   used  to  identify  the  major  characters   used   in    the  keys. 

t  :!2!t  I 


330  CALIFORNIA    FISH    AND  GAME 

There  are  keys  to  both  family  and  genus,  including  all  known  Montana  fishes. 
The  keys  arc  easy  to  use.  with  sketches  showing  outstanding  features. 

Eighteen  families  and  50  genera  are  included  in  the  book.  Information  for  each 
species  includes:  ii)  both  common  and  scientific  names,  (ii)  a  drawing  or  black- 
and-white  photograph,  i  iii  >  a  map  of  Montana  showing  collection  locations,  (iv) 
a  brief  description,  (v)  native  range  and.  if  not  native  to  Montana,  details  of  intro- 
ductions, i  vi  I  life  history  information  (age  and  growth,  spawning  information,  and 
food  habits)  and,  (vii)  a  brief  paragraph  on  the  species  abundance  and  importance 
for  sport  or  forage.  The  book  concludes  with  a  reference  section,  an  index  of  com- 
mon and  scientific  names,  a  map  of  the  major  drainages  of  Montana,  and  a  listing 
of  all  species  discussed.— IT.  A.  Hashagen,  Jr. 

Remembrances  of  Rivers  Past 

By  Ernest  Schweibert;  The  McMillan  Company,  N.Y.,  1972.  287  p.,  illustrated.  $6.95. 

This  is  the  book  for  those  long  winter  evenings  next  to  the  fire,  when  trout  season 
is  several  months  away.  "Remembrances  of  Rivers  Past"  is  a  collection  of  25  short 
stories  about  fly  fishing  for  trout  and  salmon  on  rivers  and  streams  throughout  the 
world.  The  stories  are  Schweibert' s  reminiscences  of  past  fishing  experiences,  some 
from  his  childhood,  some  quite  recent.  The  waters  he  has  fished  are  among  the  most 
famous  waters  of  the  world:  the  Little  Manistee.  Schoharie.  Beaverkill,  Neversink, 
Esopus,  the  Firehole,  and  the  Letort.  Salmon  were  taken  in  Norway.  Labrador,  and 
Iceland  and  huge  trout  in  Tierra  del  Fuego  and  Argentina.  The  stories  are  well 
written,  describing  not  only  the  fish  caught  or  lost,  but  also  his  companions,  native 
customs,  and  the  history  of  the  area.  The  reader  can  feel  he  is  right  with  Schweibert. 
and  considering  some  of  the  fish  taken,  certainly  must  wish  he  was.  Many  of  the 
stories  have  been  published  previously  in  sporting  magazines  under  different  titles. 
In  almost  every  story  the  author  expresses  concern  for  the  environment,  citing 
examples  of  prime  waters  destroyed  by  pollution,  dams,  or  poor  management.  His 
obvious  knowledge  of  trout,  stream  entomology,  and  tackle  add  to  the  authenticity 
of  his  recollections. — K.  A.  Hashagen,  Jr. 

A  Trout  and  Salmon  Fisherman  for  Seventy-Five  Years 

By  Edward  R.  Hewitt;  Van  Cortlandt  Press,  Croton-On-Hudson,  N.Y.,  1972;  XXIV  +  338  p. 
illustrated.  $8.50. 

Seventy-live  years  of  a  life  devoted  to  fishing  and.  as  quickly  becomes  apparent, 
little  time  spent  on  matters  not  related  to  fish  or  fishing.  Obviously  wealthy  and 
opinionated.  Mr.  Hewitt  records  his  observations  on  fish  and  fishing.  He  conducted 
detailed  experiments  on  fish  vision,  color  perception,  and  physiology.  Tackle  and 
techniques  were  developed,  tested  and  modified.  Anecdotes  from  his  fishing  diary 
point  out  the  success  of  his  methods  and.  usually,  the  deficiencies  of  other  methods. 

A  Trout  and  Salmon  Fisherman  for  Seventy-Five  Years  was  originally  published 
as  two  volumes.  Tilling  on  the  Trout  and  Secrets  of  the  Salmon,  but  they  were  com- 
bined in  lit  is  and  revised  and  updated  with  knowledge  and  anecdotes  from  the  20 
years  between  publication  dates.  It  was  reprinted  in  1966  and  now  again  in  1972. 
Much  of  the  information,  particularly  on  tackle,  is  now  outdated  but  still  interest- 
ing from  a  historical  standpoint.  Some  of  Mr.  Hewitt's  observation  on  behavior 
and  life  history  have  been  modified  by  the  research  of  professional  biologists:  how- 
ever, there  is  much  information  in  this  hook,  much  to  think  about,  many  new  tech- 
niques to  try  next  time  the  fish  aren't  rising.  Most  of  the  book  pertains  to  fly  fishing 
and  much  to  dry  fly  fishing  for  Atlantic  salmon.  I  think  that  any  fisherman  reader 
will  find  the  book  informative  and  interesting. — K.  A.  Hashagen,  Jr. 

The  Dry  Fly  and  Fast  Water  and  The  Sclmon  and  the  Dry  Fly 

By  George  M.  L.  LaBranche;  Van  Cortland  Press,  Croton-On-Hudson,  N.Y.,  1972.  252  p. 
$6.95. 

Tfn  Dry  Fly  and  Fust  Water  was  first  published  in  1014;  The  Salmon  and  the 
Dry  Fly  in  1924.  In  1951  they  were  combined  into  one  volume  and  reprinted.  Now. 
over  20  years   later,  another  unrevised  edition   has  been   printed. 

Tt  is  necessary  to  know  the  past  history  of  these  two  short  books  in  order  to 
appreciate  them.  In  The  Dry  Fly  and  Fast  Water,  LaBranche  tells  of  his  experiences 


REVIEWS  331 

in  learning  to  fish  the  dry  fly.  He  fished  with  large  rods,  silk  lines,  and  gut  leaders 
and  began  using  the  dry  fly  when  it  was  considered  a  novelty  in  the  U.S.  His  ob- 
servations on  fish  behavior,  stream  conditions,  and  fly  presentation  are  valid  today — 
and  are  often  touted  as  "new"  information  by  more  recent  authors. 

The  Salmon  and  the  Dry  Fly  is  less  than  a  hundred  pages  long  and  tells  how  he 
and  his  associates  pioneered  techniques  and  tackle  to  successfully  take  Atlantic 
salmon  on  dry  flies.  He  relates  pertinent  experiences  to  illustrate  his  points  and 
concludes  with  a  comprehensive  chapter  on  "Casting  the  Curve",  which  includes  de- 
tailed instructions  for  this  rather  difficult  maneuver. 

Both  books  are  written  in  a  rather  stilted,  wordy  fashion  but  the  information 
is  there.  Both  are  considered  classics  in  the  history  of  fly  fishing,  and  I  feel  they 
are  a  welcome  addition  to  any  fisherman's  library.- — K.  A.  H ash  a  gen,  Jr. 

Hardy's  Book  of  Fishing 

By    Patrick    Annesley    (Editor);    E.    P.    Dutton    and    Co.,    Inc.,    N.Y.,    1972;    304    p.,    illustrated. 
$16.50. 

As  any  serious  fisherman  knows.  Hardy  Bros,  of  England  is  one  of  the  most 
famous  tackle  manufacturers  in  the  world  and  has  been  for  over  100  years.  During 
this  period  they  have  issued  catalogs  describing  their  fine  rods,  reels,  and  other 
fishing  tackle.  In  addition  to  the  product  information,  there  have  been  helpful 
articles  for  the   angler  and   testimonials   from   satisfied   customers. 

Hardy's  Book  of  Fishing  is  the  best  of  the  catalogs.  Loosely  arranged  in  three 
sections — "The  Equipment",  "Fish  and  Fishing",  and  "The  Angler  at  Large" — with 
each  section  further  arranged  chronologically,  the  book  provides  a  history  of  English 
angling  and  the  development  of  fishing  tackle  and  delightful  fishing  stories  and 
advice.  The  book  is  attractively  illustrated  with  reproductions  of  illustrations  of  fish 
and  tackle  and  "how  to"  diagrams.   Much  of  the  advice  given   is  still   valid   today. 

The  language  for  the  most  part,  is  delightfully  wordy.  The  readers  of  early  Hardy 
Bros,  catalog  were  told  "How  to  Fish"  and  "How  to  Tell  a  Salmon  Pool".  A 
detailed  article  describes  "Spinning  and  Prawning  for  Salmon".  In  1SSS  there  was 
the  question  "Wet  Fly  or  Dry?"  A  question  which  is  still  debated  today.  The  rods 
ranged  from  "light"  trout  rods  of  9  ft  to  double-handled,  20-ft  salmon  rods.  Gillies 
"grassed"  fish  and  the  catch  was  recorded  in  hundreds  of  pounds. 

The  "Angler  at  Large"  section  describes  fishing  in  the  late  1800's  and  early 
1900's  in  Norway,  Finland,  Tasmania,  Kashmir,  New  Zealand,  North  America  and 
other  countries. 

I  found  the  book  very  entertaining  and  spent  many  enjoyable  evenings  reading 
Hardy's  Book  of  Fishing. — K.  A.  Hashagen,  Jr. 

The  Art  and  Science  of  Fly  Fishing  (revised  edition) 

By  Lenox  H.  Dick;  Winchester  Press,  New  York;  1972.  169  p.,  illustrated.  $6.95. 

Both  novice  and  advanced  fly  fishermen  will  benefit  from  reading  "The  Art  and 
Science  of  Fly  Fishing".  As  in  the  first  edition,  the  book  begins  with  a  section  on 
"Fundamentals",  with  chapters  on  basic  tackle,  casting,  fly  presentation,  reading 
water,  entomology,  and  flies.  The  second  part  has  four  comprehensive  chapters  on 
"Stream  Tactics",  well  illustrated  with  figures  and  black  and  white  photos.  In  the 
second  part  the  author  utilizes  the  information  presented  in  the  first  chapters  to 
take  the  reader  on  four  fishing  trips  where  all  basic  stream  situations,  water  condi- 
tions, and  casting  techniques  are  encountered.  This  method  is  effective  and  for  the 
most  part  the  information  is  clearly  and  interestingly  presented.  The  final  section, 
new  in  this  edition,  consists  of  eight  chapters  on  "Salmon,  Steelhead,  and  Others". 

Most  of  the  information  is  accurate;  however,  experienced  anglers  will  take  excep- 
tion to  some  of  the  author's  opinions  and  statements.  Occasionally,  I  felt  basic 
terms,  such  as  "drag",  were  not  explained  sufficiently  for  the  novice.  The  author 
also  describes  4X  tippet  as  "quite  fine",  which  doesn't  help  the  beginning  fly  fisher- 
man. Chapters  on  "Cutthroat  Trout",  "Silver  Salmon",  and  "Jacks  or  Orilse  Fish- 
ing" are  so  brief  they  make  the  reader  wonder  why  they  were  included.  In  addition 
to  these  negative  comments,  I  must  mention  the  numerous  typographical  errors, 
deletions,  incorrect  references  to  figures,  plates  and  page  numbers,  and  occasional 
misspellings.  They  definitely  detract  from  what  otherwise  is  an  interesting  and 
informative  book. — K.  A.  Hashagen,  Jr. 


332  CALIFORNIA   PISH    AND   GAME 

World  Dynamics 

By   Jay   W.    Forrester;    Wright-Allen    Press,    Inc.,    238    Main    Street,    Cambridge,    Massachusetts 
02142,  1971;  142  p. 

This  book  is  likely  the  most  advanced  treatment  of  the  Malthusian  argument. 
Professor  Forrester,  unlike  Malthus,  has  cybernetics,  computer  technology  and  a 
greater  arraj  of  information  with  which  to  predict  the  future.  This  hook's  greatest 
value  will  be  in  stimulating  further  development  of  predictive  models  of  the  world 
social  system.  Such  models  will  hopefully  assist  the  world  in  making  the  transition 
from  growth  and  "progress"  to  economic  and  social  stability. 

Forrester  and  his  colle-i-ues  at  MIT  constructed  a  world  model  of  ."»  system  level 
variables  which  are  Population.  Pollution.  Capital  Investment.  Agriculture  Capital 
Investmenl  Fraction,  and  Natural  Resources.  Each  system  level  is  controlled  by 
other  system  levels  and  assumed  rate  functions  which  have  negative  or  positive 
[backs.  Secular  trends  under  various  assumptions  and  inputs  are  lucidly  presented 
by  graphs  and  the  accompanying  text. 

The  results  are  generally  depressing.  Current  trends  of  population  growth  will 
mosl  likely  only  be  altered  by  a  dramatic  rise  in  the  death  rate  as  the  limits  of 
the  earth  are  exceeded  in  terms  of  carrying  capacity.  A  pollution  crisis,  dwindling 
natural  resources,  crowding  or  food  shortages  may  bring  the  population  explosion 
to  a  catastrophic  halt.  Birth  control  programs  are  not  likely  to  have  enough 
everage  to  effectively  forestall  disaster  only  delay  it. 

This  book  should  be  mandatory  reading  for  those  concerned  about  the  future 
and  man's  fate  on  this  planet.  This  should  include  all  resource  biologists  and  espe- 
cially the  resource  administrators  who  set  policies,  priorities  and  budgets.  The  mate- 
rial is  intellectually  stimulating  and  helps  to  quantify  what  many  of  us  observe 
to  be  happening  to  the  planet.  Although  Forrester's  model  is  simplistic  it  will  un- 
doubtedly serve  as  a  framework  for  constructing  more  sophisticated  models  as  we 
increase  our  knowledge  of  social   systems. — Lev   W.  Miller. 

The  New  York  Aquarium  Book  of  the  Water  Worid 

By    William    Bridges;    American    Heritage    Publ.    Co.,    N.Y.,    1970;    287    p.,    illustrated.    S6.95. 

Bridges  gives  a  brief  look  at  some  of  the  numerous  animals  that  live  in  or  are 
closely  associated  with  the  aquatic  environment.  The  book  includes  extensvie.  pro- 
fessional  photographs  with  non-technical  descriptions  of  one-celled  animals,  amphib- 
ians, reptiles,  birds,  mammals  and  invertebrates   (excluding  insects). 

The  main  theme  concerns  animals  (mainly  fishi  that  can  be  kept  in  aquari. 
Starting  with  the  Chinese,  credited  as  the  first  to  keep  fish  for  observation,  a 
condensed  history  of  fish  keeping  is  covered.  During  the  Sung  dynasty.  960— 127S, 
fancy  goldfish  and  carp  were  held  in  porcelain  vessels.  The  ancient  Romans  confined 
marine  fish  in  ponds  connected  to  the  ocean. 

Among  the  oddities  covered  i>  the  walking  catfish,  C.  hairachus  and  its  establish- 
ment info  Florida's  waters.  Bridges  presents  this  as  a  rather  casual  observation 
without  pointing  out  the  real  dangers  involved  to  native  species  with  the  introduc- 
tion of  exol  ics. 

In  a  book  of  this  nature  it  was  disappointing  not  to  find  real  concern  with  the 
continued  premature  extinction  of  many  species.  1'nless  the  problem  is  recognized 
and  meaningful  accomplishments  are  made,  there  won't  be  many  species  left  to 
view,  even  in  public  aquari. — James  A.  si.  Amant. 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME   58 


AUTHOR 


Alton.  Miles  S.  and  Christine  J.  Black- 
bum  :  Diel  changes  in  the  vertical 
distribution  of  the  euphausiids,  Thy- 
sanoessa  spinifcra  Holmes  and  Eu- 
phausia  pacifica  Hansen,  in  coastal 
waters  of  Washington,  179-190 

Azevedo,  John  A.,  Jr.,  Eldredge  G. 
Hunt  and  Leon  A.  "Woods,  Jr. : 
Melanistic  mutant  in  ringneck  phea- 
sants, 175-178 

Barlow.  George  W..  and  Victor  L.  De 
Vlaming:  Ovarian  cycling  in  long- 
jaw  gobies,  Gillichthys  mirabilis, 
from  the  Salton   Sea.   50-57 

Barnhart,  Roger  A.:  see  Kesner  and 
Barnhart.   204-220 

Benville,  Pete  E..  Jr.:  see  Earnest  and 
Benville,  127-132 

Blackburn,  Christine  J. :  see  Alton  and 
Blackburn,  179-190 

Borneman.  John  C. :  see  Carrier.  Mal- 
lette,  Wilbur  and  Borneman.  327- 
328;  see  Mallette,  Wilbur.  Carrier 
and    Borneman,   67-68 

Briggs,  Kenneth  T..  and  C.  William 
I  >avis :  A  study  of  predation  by  sea 
lions  on  salmon  in  Monterey  Bay, 
37^3 

Bury,  C.  Bruce :  The  effects  of  diesel 
fuel  on  a   stream   fauna.   291—295 

Cappueei.  D.  T.,  Jr.  and  W.  M.  Long- 
hurst  :  Rabies  in  deer,  111-144 

Carrier,  W.  Dean :  see  Mallette,  Wil- 
bur,   Carrier    and    Borneman,    67-68 

Carrier.  W.  Dean.  Robert  D.  Mallette. 
Sanford  Wilbur  and  John  C.  Borne- 
man :  California  condor  survey,  327- 
328 

Castle,  William  T.  and  Leon  A.  Woods, 
Jr. :  DDT  residues  in  white  croakers, 
198-203 

Chamberlain.  Lawrence  L.:  Primary 
productivity  in  a  new  and  older  Cali- 
fornia reservoir,  254-267  ;  see  Lasker, 
Tenaza  and  Chamberlain,  58-66 

Chen,  Lo-Chai:  see  Rosenblatt  and 
Chen,  32-:!(i 

Clark,  William  E.:  see  Espinosa  and 
Clark,  149-1  .".2 

Davis.  C.  William:  see  Briggs  and 
Davis,   37-43 

Day.  John  S. :  see  St.  Amant  and  Day, 
L54  -155 


Demory.  Robert  L. :  Tailless  Dover 
sole  from  off  the  Oregon  coast.  147- 
148 

De  Vlaming,  Victor  L. :  see  Barlow  and 
De  Vlaming,  50-57 

Dexter,  Deborah  M. :  Molting  and 
growth  in  laboratory  reared  phyllo- 
si unes  of  the  California  spiny  lobster, 
Panulirus   interruptus,   107-115 

Duffy,   John  M.  :   see  Honk   and   Duffy, 

::2i-323 

Earnest,  Russell  D.  and  Pete  E.  Ben- 
ville. Jr.  :  Acute  toxicity  of  four  or- 
ganochlorine  insecticides  to  two 
species  of  surf  perch,   127-132 

Elliott,  George  V.  and  T.  M.  Jenkins, 
Jr.:  Winter  food  of  trout  in  three 
high  elevation  Sierra  Nevada  lakes, 
231-237 

Espinosa.  Lawrence  R.  and  William  E. 
Clark  :  A  polypropylene  light  trap  for 
aquatic  invertebrates.   149-152 

Farley.  David  G. :  A  range  extension 
for  the  logperch,   248 

Fitch.  John  E.  :  A  case  for  striped  mul- 
let. Mugil  cephalus,  spawning  at  sea, 
246-21S;  The  cottonmouth  jack, 
Uraspis  secunda,  added  to  the  marine 
fauna   of  California.   245-24(! 

Franklin,  George  W.  :  see  Schneegas 
and  Franklin.  133-140 

Grover,  Charles  A.:  Population  differ- 
ences in  the  swell  shark  Cephalos- 
cyllium   ventriosum,  191-197 

Haaker,  Peter  L. :  First  record  of  a 
reversed  butter  sole.  Tsopsetta  isol-e- 
pis.   244-245 

Hanson,  Jack  A.:  Tolerance  of  high 
salinity  by  the  pileworin.  Neanthes 
succinea,  from  the  Salton  Sea,  Cali- 
fornia.  152- lot 

Hashagen,  Kenneth  A.,  Jr. :  see  Raw- 
stron  and  Hashagen.  221-230 

Hawthorne.  Vernon  M. :  Coyote  food 
habits  in  Sagehen  Creek  basin,  north- 
eastern   California.    5-12 

Hobson,  Edmund  S. :  The  survival  of 
Guadalupe  cardinalfish  Apogon  gua- 
dalupensis  at  San  Clemente  Island. 
68-(i!» 

Honk.  James  L.  and  John  M.  Duffy  : 
Two  new  sea  urchin — acorn  barnacle 
associations,   321-323 

Hunt.  Eldredge  G.  :  see  Azevedo.  Hunt 
and  Woods,  175-1 7,s 


(  333  ) 


334 


CALIFOKM  \    PISB    AM)   GAME 


[verson,  Ernesl  AN'.:  New  hosts  and 
bathymetric  range  extension  for  Colo- 
bomatus  >  mbiott ,,■„,■  (Crustacea,  Co- 
pepoda  I .   323  325 

Jenkins,  'I'.  M..  Jr.:  see  Elliott  and 
Jenkins,  233   2::7 

Jones,  All.. 11  C. :  Contributions  to  the 
life  history  of  the  Piute  sculpin  in 
Sagehen  Creek,  California,  285  290 

Kesner,  William  I ».  and  Roger  A.  Barn- 
hart:  Characteristics  of  the  fall-run 
'<!  troul  i  Salmi,  gairdneri 
gairdneri)  of  the  Klamath  River  sys- 
tem with  emphasis  on  the  half- 
pounder,    204-220 

Knaggs,  Eric  II.:  xre  Parrish  and 
Knaggs,  L3  2]  ;  Southern  California 
Pacific  mackerel  fishery  and  age  com- 
position  of  commercial  landings  dur- 
ing  the  190K-09  and  1069-70  seasons, 
116   L20 

Kukowski,  Gary  E.  :  Southern  range  ex- 
tension for  the  yellowfin  gohy,  Acan- 
tkogobius  fiavimanus  I  Temminck  and 
Schlegel),  326-327 

Lasker,  Reuben,  Richard  H.  Tenaza, 
and  Lawrence  L.  Chamberlain :  The 
response  of  Salton  Sea  fish  eggs  and 
larvae  to  salinity  stress,  58-66 

Lea,  Robert  X.:  Southern  geographical 
records  for  four  surfperches,  family 
Embiotocidae,  with  notes  on  a  popu- 
lation resurgence  of  the  sharpnose 
seaperch,  27-.'!1 

Longhurst.  W.  M. :  see  Cappucci  and 
Longhurst.    141-144 

Mais.  Kenneth  F. :  A  subpopulation 
study  of  the  Pacific  sardine.  296-314 

Mallette.  Robert  D. :  see  Carrier,  Mal- 
let te,  Wilbur  and  Borneman,  327- 
328 

Mallette,  Robert  D..  Sanford  Wilbur, 
W.  Dean  Carrier  and  John  C.  Borne- 
man :  California  condor  survey,  1970 
67  68 

Martin.  Michael:  Morphology  and 
variation  of  the  Modoc  sucker,  Catos- 
tomus  microps  Rutter.  with  notes  on 
feeding  adaptations,  277-284 

Miller,  Lee  W. :  Migrations  of  sturgeon 
la  — ed  in  the  Sacramento-San  Joa- 
quin  estuary.  102-100;  White  stur- 
geon population  characteristics  in  the 
Sacramento-San  Joaquin  estuary  as 
measured   by  tagging,  94-101 

Moring,  John  R. :  Check  list  of  inter- 
tidal  fishes  of  Trinidad  Bay,  Cali- 
fornia,   and    adjacent   areas.    315-320 

Morrell,  Stephen:  Life  history  of  the 
San   Joaquin  kit  fox.   162-174 

Odenweller,  Dan  Bowman:  A  new  range 
record  for  the  umbrella  crab,  Crypto- 
lithodes  sitchensis  Brandt.  240-243 


Parrish,  Richard  II.:  Symbiosis  in  the 
blacktail  snailfish,  Careproctus  me- 
I" minis,  and  (he  box  crab.  Lopho- 
lithodes  foraminatus,  239-240 

Parrish,  Richard  II..  and  Eric  II. 
Knaggs:  The  southern  California 
Pacific  mackerel  fishery  and  age  com- 
position of  the  catch  for  the  1964- 
65    through    1967-68   seasons,    13-21 

Penhale,  Leonard  B. :  Reproductive 
failure  of  pelagic  cormorant,  San 
Luis  Obispo  County,  California, 
1970,  238 

Rawstron,  Robert  R. :  Harvest,  sur- 
vival, and  cost  of  two  domestic 
strains  of  tagged  rainbow  trout 
stocked  in  Lake  Berryessa,  Califor- 
nia, 44—49;  Nonreporting  of  tagged 
largemouth  bass,  1966-1969,  145-147. 

Rawstron,  Robert  R.  and  Kenneth  A. 
Hashagen,  Jr. :  Mortality  and  sur- 
vival rates  of  tagged  largemouth  bass 
( Hicropterus  salmoides)  at  Merle 
Collins  Reservoir,  221-230 

Rosenblatt,  Richard  IL.  and  Lo-Chai 
Chen  :  The  identity  of  Sebastes  bab- 
cocki  and  Sebastes  rubrivinctus,  3°- 
36 

Schneegas,  Edward  R.  and  George  W. 
Franklin :  The  Mineral  King  deer 
herd,  133-140 

Shaw,  Stanton  B.  :  DDT  residues  in 
eight  California   marine  fishes,  22-26 

Spratt,  Jerome  D. :  A.ge  and  length 
composition  of  northern  anchovies, 
]'n ani ulis  mordax,  in  the  California 
anchovy  reduction  fishery  for  the 
1969-70  season,  121-126 

St.  Amant,  James  A.  and  John  S.  Day  : 
Range  extension  of  Palaemonetes 
paludosus  (Gibbes)  in  California, 
154-155 

Tenaza,  Richard  H. :  see  Lasker, 
Tenaza  and  Chamberlain,  58-66 

Varoujean,  Daniel  H. :  The  reoccur, 
rence  of  the  California  scorpionfish, 
Scorpaena  guttata  Girard,  in  Mon- 
terey Bay,  238-239 

von  Geldern,  C.  E.,  Jr.:  A  midwater 
trawl  for  threadfin  shad,  Dorosoma 
petenense,  26S-276 ;  Angling  quality 
at  Folsom  Lake,  California,  as  deter- 
mined by  a  roving  creel  census,  75-93 

Wilbur.  Sanford:  see  Carrier,  Mallette, 
Wilbur  and  Borneman.  327-328;  see 
Mallette,  Wilbur,  Carrier  and 
Borneman,   67-68 

Woods,  Leon  A.,  Jr. :  see  Azevedo,  Hunt 
and  Woods,  175-178;  see  Castle  and 
Woods,  198-203 


INDEX 


335 


SCIENTIFIC    NAMES 


Acanthogobius  flavimanus:  326-327 
Accipiter  cooper ii:  07 

striatus:  G7 
Acipenser  medirostris:  102-106 

transmontanus:  94—101,  102-106 
Alces  alces:  141 
Amphistichus  argenteus:  27 
Anisotremus  davidsoni:  58-66 
Anoplopoma  fimbria:  22—26 
Apogon  guadalupensis:  6S-69 

retrosella:  68 
Aquila  chrysaetos:  67 
Arctostaphylos  sp.:  137 
Artemia  sp.:  107-115 
Astacus  sp.:  202 
Bairdiella  chrysura:  65 

icistia:  58-66 
Balanus  concavus  pacificus:  321-322 

nubilis:  321-322 
Buieo  jamaicensis:  67 
Cadulus  fusiformis:  323 
('a a  is  luf  runs:  5-12 
Capreolus  capreolus:  111 
Careproctus  melanurus:  239-240 
Cathartes  aura:  67 
Catostomus  microps:  277—284 
platyrhynchus:  287 
rimiculus:  292 
tahoensis:  287 
Cephaloscyllium  ventriosum:  191-107 
Cervus  canadensis:  141 

elaphus:  141 
Chaenogobius  urotaenia:  54 
Chara,  sp.:  154 

Chasmichthys  dolichognathus:  54 
Chromis  punctipinnis:  30 
Circus  cyaneus:  67 
Citellus  beecheyi:  5-12 
beldingi:  5—12 
lateralis:  5-12 
Citharichthys  sordidtis:  22-26 
Cladophora  sp.:  294 
Clemmys  marmorata:  294 
Clostridium  botulinum:  149 
Colobomatus  embiotocae:  323-325 
Coryphaeiioides  acrolepis:  22-26 
Ooi!fMS  beldingi:  285-290 
Crago  sp.:  94 

Cryptolithodes  sitchensis:  240-243 
Cymatogaster  aggregata:  2S.  127-132 
Cynoscion  xanthulus:  5S-66,  152 
Dama  dama:  141 
Dentalium  pretiosum:  323 
Dorosoma  petenense:  44.  92,  268-276 
Echidnophaga  gallinacea:  170 
Engraulis  mordax:  121-126 
Entosphenus  tridentatus:  292 
Eopsetta  jordani:  22-26 
Erethizon  dorsatum:  5-12 
Euarctos  americanus:  137 
Eumetopias  jubata:  38 


Eupliausia  pacifica:  179-100 
I',  ii  !a  niias  sp.:  5-12 
Falco  mexicanus:  07 

sparverius:  07 
Fasciola  hepatica:  142 
Fundulus  confluentus:  55 
Genyonemus  lineatus:  22-26,  19S-203 
GUlichthys  mirabilis:  50-57 
Glaucomys  sabrinus:  5-12 
Gobius  paganellus:  51 
Gymnogyps    calif ornianus:    67-68,    327- 

328  ' 
Hippcampus  zosterac:  55 
Hyperprosopon  anale:  :V23 

ellipticum:  27 
Ictalurus  catus:  78-93 
melas:  7N-93 
iiihiilosus:  7s   '.)."> 
Isopsetta  isolepis:  244-245 
Lasaea  cistula:  324 
Lepomis  cyanellus:  78-93 
macrochirus:  75-93 
microlophus:  7*-93 
Lepus  americanus:  5-12 

sp.:  5-12 
Lipoptena  depressa:  142 
Lopholithodes  foraminatus :  239-240 
Lytechinus  sp.:  109 
Macrocystis  sp.:  6S 
Marmota  flaviventris:  5-12,  136 
Medialuva  californiensis:  30 
l/<  phitis  mephitis:  143 
Mergus  merganser:  294 
Micrometrus  minimus:  127-132 
Micropterus  dolomieu:  75-93 

salmoides:  75-03.  145-147.  221-230 
Microstomas  pacificus:  147-14S 
Microtus  sp.:  5-12 
J///-//'/  cephalus:  246-248 
Mi/til us  sp.:  107-115 
Nassarius  mendicus:  323 
Neanthes  succinea:  152-154 
Neolipoptena  ferrisi:  142 
Nuculana  taphria:  323 
Odocoihus  In  in  ion  us:  141 
californicus:  133-140 
ruin  mhiunus:  141—143 
virginianus:  141 
Olivella  sp.:  323 
Oncorhynchus  nerka:  S7 

sp.:  37—13 
Ophiodon  elongatus:  22-26 
Palaemonetes  paludosus:  154-155 
Panulirus  intcrruptus:  107-115 
Parophrys  vetulus:  22-26 
Percina  caprodes:  248 
I'crom  i/si-us  sp.:  5    12 
Phalacrocorax  pelagicus:  23S 
Phanerodon  atripes:  2S-31 

furcatus:  30 
Phasianus  colchicus  torquatus:  175-178 


336 


CALIFOKMV    FISH    AND  GAME 


Phoradendron  villosum:  136 
/'"(  cilia  latipinna:  15  I 

I 'am  n.ris  mi  a  a  la  ris:  S6 

n igromaculatus:  86 
Prosopium  williamsoni:  287 
/'/(  rogobius  <  lapoid<  s:  5  I 

I'll  It. r  si  HI  II  III  us:    1  12 

/.'(/// 1/  boylei:  29  I 

I'n ntii it  r  tarandus:  1  1 1 

Rhacochilus  toa  otes:  28 

rtit-fti:  .",11 

It'll  in  ifhtln/s  osculus:  2S7,  202 
Richardsonius  egregius:  2V7 
Sti!i,i„  clarki  henshawi:  44 

gairdneri:  44  49,  7^  93,  231-237,  2S5, 
292 

p.  gairdneri:  204-220 

/,■»//</:  2S5 
Salvelinus  fontinalis:  231-237,  285 
Sardinops  caeruleus:  29G-314 
Scomber  japonicus:  13-21,  116-120 
Scorpaena  guttata:  238-239 


Sri/lhi rus  americanus:  107 
Sebastes  babcocki:  ::2-36 

rubririnrl ns:  .'!"_'  .",0 
Spirogyra  sp.:  294 

Strongylocentrotus     franciscan  us:    321- 
322 

p  ti  rp  ii  nil  us:  321-322 
Sylvilagus  sp.:  5—12 
Tamiasciurus  douglasi:  5—12 
Thamnophis  couchi:  294 
1  In  hr.iti  calif  or  niensis:  142 
Thysanoessa  spiiiifcru:  179   T.in 
Tilapia  mossambica:  154 
Trachurus  symmetricus:  1'\.  22-26.  116 
Tubifex  sp.:  109 
Turbonilla  sp.:  323 
?  raspis  secunda:  245—246 
L'rocyon  rinrrroiirticntiiis:  143 
\  iil/its  macrotis  mutica:  162-174 
Zalembius  rosaceus:  323 
Zalophus  California n us:  37—43 
Zygnema  sp.:  2! 1 1 


SUBJECT 


Auf:  of  anchovies  taken  the  1969  70 
season,  121—126;  of  Klamath  River 
fall-run  steelhead,  204-220;  of  Paci- 
fic mackerel  during  1964-6o  through 
1967-68  seasons,  13-21;  of  Pacific 
mackerel  in  southern  California 
fishery.   1968  69,  1969-70,  116-120 

Aldrin:    toxicity   to   surfperch,  127-  132 

Anchovy,  northern:  fishery  during 
1969-70  season,  121-126 

Angling:  qualitj   al   Folsom  Lake,  75—93 

Bairdiella:  effect  of  salinit,\  mi  •  u_-  and 
larvae.  58-66 

Barnacle,  acorn:  association  with  sea 
urchins,  321-323 

Bass:  fishery  at  Folsom  Lake.  S3 

Bass,  largemouth:  mortality  and  sur- 
vival at  Merle  Collins  Reservoir,  221- 
230;  nonreporting  of  tagged  fish, 
1  15    1  17 

Birds:  as  fund  for  coyotes,  9 

Cardinalfish,  Guadalupe:  survival  at 
San  Clemente   Island.  6S-69 

Catfish:    fisherj    al    Folsom  Lake,  S4— 85 

<  !attle:  as  feud  for  eoj  otes,  7 

Census,  roving  creel:  of  fishery  at 
Folsom   Lake  75-  93 

Check  list:  intertidal  fishes  of  Trinidad 
Bay    and    vicinity.    315-320 

Chlorinated  hydrocarbons:  residues  in 
California  marine  fishes,  22  26 

Coleman  Kamloops  trout  strain:  per- 
formance at   Lake  Berryessa,    11    19 

Condor,  California:  1970  population 
.  67  68  ;  population  survey  of 
1971,  327-328 

Copepod,  parasitic:  on  embiotocid  fish, 
323  325 


Cormorant,  pelagic:  reproductive  failure 
in  San  Luis  Obispo  County  coastal 
area.  23S 

Costs:  of  planting  two  domestic  trout 
strains  at  Lake  Berryessa,  44—49 

Coyote:  food  habits  in  Sagehen  Creek 
basin,   4—12 

Coyote,  juvenile:  food  habits  at  Sage- 
hen  Creek  basin,  9-11 

Crab,  box:  case  of  symbiosis  with 
blacktail  snailfish,  239-240 

Crab,  umbrella:  range  extension,  240- 
243 

Croaker,  white:  DDT  residues.  22-26. 
198-203 

Cycling,  ovarian:  of  gobies  at  the  Salton 
Sea,  50-57 

DDT:  in  the  diet  of  pheasants  produc- 
ing melanistic  mutants,  17-1-17S; 
residues  in  California  marine  fishes. 
22-26 :  residues  in  white  croakers, 
198  203;  toxicity  to  surfperch.  127- 
132 

Deer:  as  food  for  coyotes,  0—7;  occur- 
rence of  rabies,  141-144;  study  of 
.Mineral  King  herd,   133-140 

Dieldrin:  toxicity  to  surfperch,  127-132 

Disease:  occurrence  of  rabies  in  deer, 
141-144 

Distribution,  geographic:  appearance  of 
California  scorpionfish  in  Monterey 
Bay.  23s  239  ;  extension  of  range  of 
yellowfin  goby,  320-327;  of  flag  and 
redbanded  rockfishes,  32-36;  of  the 
cottonmouth  jack.  245-246;  of  the 
logperch,  248 :  of  the  umbrella  crab, 
240-243 ;  of  white  and  green  stur- 
geons, 1(12  100;  range  extension  for 
four    surfperches,    27-31;    range    ex- 


INDEX 


337 


tension    of    Palaemonetes    paludosus, 
154-155 

Distribution,  vertical:  of  euphausiids  off 
the  coast  of  Washington.   179-190 

Eggs,  fish:  effect  of  salinity  on  Salton 
Sea  fish,  5S-G6 

Elkhorn  Slough:  yellowfin  goby  occur- 
rence, 320-327 

Embiotocidae:  geographical  records  for 
four  species,  27-31 

Endrin:  toxicity  to  surfperch,  127-132 

Estuary,  Sacramento-San  Joaquin: 
white  sturgeon  population  study,  94- 
101 ;  migration  study  of  white  and 
green  sturgeons,  102-100 

Euphausiids:  diel  changes  in  the  ver- 
tical  distribution,   179-190 

Fauna,  stream:  effects  of  diesel  fuel, 
291-295 

Feeding:  of  spiny  lobster  phyllosomes  in 
the  laboratory,  107-115 

Fishery:  characteristics  at  Folsom  Lake, 
75-93;  for  northern  anchovy  during 
1909-70  season.  121-126;  for  trout 
at  Lake  Berryessa,  44-49;  for  white 
sturgeon,  99-190 ;  of  Pacific  mackerel 
in  southern  California  1964—65 
through  1967-68  seasons,  13-21  ;  of 
Pacific  mackerel  1968-69  and  1969 
1970  seasons.  116-120 

Fishes,  intertidal:  of  Trinidad  Lay  and 
vicinity.  315-320 

Folsom  Lake:  angling  quality  study. 
75-93;  site  of  primary  productivity 
studies,  254-267 

Food  habits:  of  coyotes  in  Sagehen 
Creek  basin.  4-12;  of  Klamath  River 
fall-run  steelhead,  217-218;  of  San 
Joaquin  kit  fox,  167-169;  of  trout 
in  high  elevation  Sierra  lakes  in 
winter,  231-237 

Fox.  San  Joaquin  kit:  life  history,  162- 
174 

Fuel,  diesel:  effects  of  spilling  into 
stream.  291-2115 

Goby,  long.jaw:  ovarian  cycling  at  the 
Salton   Sea,  50-57 

Goby,  yellowfin:  southern  range  exten- 
sion. 326-327 

Growth:  characteristics  of  Klamath 
River  steelhead,  207-211  ;  of  spiny 
lobster  phyllosomes  in  laboratory, 
107-115;  of  Piute  sculpin.  2*7 

Half-pounder:  steelhead  of  the  Klamath 
River.  2(14   220 

Harvest:  of  two  domestic  trout  strains 
at  Lake  Berryessa,  44—19 

Insecticides,  oiganochlorine:  toxicity  to 
surfperch,  127-132 

Insects:  as  food  for  coyotes,  9 

Invertebrates,  aquatic:  capture  by  use 
of  polypropylene   light    trap,   149-152 

Jack-,  cottonmouth:  added  to  marine 
fauna  of  California,  245-240 


Klamath  River :  characteristics  of  fall- 
run  steelhead,  204-220 

Lake  Berryessa:  study  of  planting  two 
domestic  strains  of  rainbow  trout,  44— 
49 

Larvae,  fish:  effect  of  salinity  on  Salton 
Sea  fish,  58-66 

Length:  composition  of  anchovies  taken 
1909-70  season,  121-126 

Life  history:  of  Piute  sculpin.  285-290; 
of  San  Joaquin  kit  fox,  102-174 

Lingcod:  DDT  residues,  22-26 

Lions,  sea:    predation  on  salmon,  37-43 

Pollster.  California  spiny:  molting  and 
growth  of  phyllosomes  in  laboratory, 
107-115 

Logperch:   range  extension,   248 

Mackerel,  jack:  DDT  residues,  22-20 

Mackerel,  Pacific:  age  composition  of 
the  catch  1964-65  through  1967-68 
seasons,  13-21;  southern  California 
fishery  during  1968-69  and  1969-70 
seasons,   116-120 

Merle  Collins  Reservoir:  bass  tagging 
study.  145-147 ;  site  of  largemouth 
bass  mortality  and  survival  study. 
221-230;  site  of  primary  productivity 
studies.   254-207 

Methods:  aging  Pacific  mackerel  1964- 
65  through  1967-68  seasons.  13-21 ; 
constructing  polypropylene  light  trap 
for  aquatic  invertebrates,  149-152; 
coyote  food  habits  study,  4-12;  deter- 
mining DDT  residues  in  marine 
fishes.'  22-20;  determining  DDT 
residues  in  white  croakers,  100;  de- 
termining effects  of  salinity  on  eggs 
and  larvae  of  Salton  Sea  fish.  58-66; 
determining  organochlorine  toxicity 
to  surfperch.  127-1M2;  ovarian  cycling 
of  longjaw  goby,  50-57;  rearing 
spiny  lobster  phyllosomes  in  labora- 
tory. 107-115;  separation  of  Sebastes 
babcocki  and  8'.  nihririiicfiis.  .">2  .3d; 
studying  life  history  of  the  kit  fox, 
162-174;  studying  mortality  and  sur- 
vival of  bass  at  Merle  Collins  Reser- 
voir. 221-230  studying  vertical  dis- 
tribution of  euphausiids,  170-100; 
study  of  Mineral  King  deer  herd, 
133-140;  study  of  fall-run  steelhead 
of  the  Klamath  River,  204-220; 
study  of  life  history  of  Piute  sculpin, 
285—290;  study  of  Modoc  sucker,  277- 
284  ;  study  of  predation  by  sea  lions  on 
salmon,  37-43;  study  of  subpopula- 
tions  of  Pacific  sardines,  296-314; 
study  of  reservoir  primary  productiv- 
ity, 254-207:  study  of  trout  fishery 
at  Lake  Berryessa.  44-49;  study  of 
variation  in  the  swell  shark,  191- 
107  ;  tagging  sturgeon  to  provide 
migration  data,  102-100;  tagging  to 
determine    white    sturgeon    population, 


3 


c  M.ii  ORN]  \    PISH    AND  QA  Ml. 


:'i    KM  :     tesl ing     tolerance     of    pile 
w  orm    to    salinitj .     L52   L5  I  :    use    of 
roving  creel  census  at    Folsom   I  - .- 1 K  *  • . 
75  93 

Migration:  of  Klamath  River  steelhead, 
•_M  l   21  I  :  of  Mineral  King  deer,    133 
1  in  :    of   v.  hite    and    green    si  urgeons, 
L02    L06 

Mineral  King:  deer  study,  133   1  10 

Molting:  of  spiny  lobster  phyllosomes  in 
laboratory,  LOT    L15 

Monterej     Bay:    studj    of    predation    by 
lions  mi  salmon,  '■>'    13 

Morphology:  of  the  Modoc  sucker,  277— 
I'M 

Mortalitj  rates:  of  largemouth  bass  at 
Merle  Collins  Reservoir,  221   230 

Mt.  Whitnej  troul  strain:  performance 
at   Lake  Berrj  essa,   1 1    19 

Mullet,  striped:  apparent  spawning  al 
sea,  246  248 

M  itant:  melanism  in  ringneck  pheas- 
ants, IT-"    17s 

Net:  midwater  trawl  for  taking  thread- 
fin  shad,  268  276 

Perch,  dwarf:  pesticide  toxicity  studies, 
127   132 

Perch,  shiner:  pesticide  toxicity  studies. 
127-132;    southern    range    record,    2S 

Pesticides:  chlorinated  hydrocarbon  resi- 
dues in  California   marine   fishes.   22 
I'll;     toxicity     of    organochlorines    to 
surfperch,   L27   L32 

Pheasant,  ringneck:  appearance  of 
melanistic  mutant,  17o-178 

Phyllosomes:  growth  of  spiny  lobsters 
under  laboratory  conditions,  "MH-115 

Pileworm:  tolerance  of  high  salinity, 
152-154 

Pollution:  effects  of  diesel  fuel  on  a 
stream  fauna.  291-295 

Population:  of  Mineral  King-  deer  herd. 
133  L40;  resurgence  in  sharpnose  sea- 
perch,  28  31;  study  of  variation 
within  subpopulations  of  Pacific  sar- 
dines. 296  314;  survej  of  condors, 
1971,  327  328;  white  sturgeon  in 
Sacramento-San  Joaquin  estuary,  94- 
101 

Predation:   bj    sea   lions  on  salmon.  .".7 
13 

Productivity,  primary:  in  a  new  and  old 
California  reservoir,  254—267 

Rabbits:  as  food  for  coyotes,  S 

Rabies:   occurrence  in   deer,    141-144 

Raptors:  numbers  seen  during  1970 
condor  survey,  <17 -6S :  seen  during 
1971    condor  survey.  327   328 

Rattail,  roughscale:    DDT   residues,  22 
2G 

failure  of  pelagic  cormor 
ed,   238  :   of  Iongjaw  gobj 
i    Sea,    50  57;    of    Piuti 
in,  J^-7 


Reviews:  A  trout  and  salmon  fisherman 
for   seventy-five    years,   330;    Biology 

and  water  pollution  control.  249; 
British  Columbia  game  fish.  71  :  Come 
wade  the  river,  71;  Fishes  of  Mon- 
tana. :;l!'.i  330;  Fishless  days,  angling 
nights,  250;  Hardy's  book  of  fishing, 
331;  Hikers  and  hack-packers  hand- 
hook.  70:  If  deer  are  to  survive.  157; 
Kamloops,  71  :  Life  and  death  in  a 
coral  sea.  250;  Mountain  sheep:  a 
study  in  behavior  and  evolution,  329; 
Remembrances  of  rivers  past,  330; 
Round  river.  250;  Sea  shells  of 
tropical  west  America;  marine  mol- 
luscs from  Baja  California  to  Peru. 
249;  Systematics,  variation,  distribu- 
tion, and  biology  of  rock  fishes  of  the 
subgenus  Sebastomus  CPisces,  Scor- 
paenidae,  Sebastes),  l"><i  l."»7;  The 
art  and  science  of  fly  fishing,  321  ; 
The  dry  fly  and  fast  water  and  the 
salmon  and  the  dry  fly,  330-331;  The 
ecology  of  running  waters,  l.~>6;  The 
New  York  aquarium  book  of  the 
water  world,  332;  The  vanishing 
jungle — the  story  of  the  "World  Wild- 
life Fund  expeditions  to  Pakistan, 
70-71 ;  "Wildlife  of  Mexico:  the  game 
birds  and  mammals,  250  ;  World  dy- 
namics, 332 

Rockfish,  flag:  identity  and  range,  32-36 

Rockfish,  redbanded:  identity  and  range, 
32-36 

Rodents:  as  food  for  coyotes,  8 

Rusk  Creek:  site  of  study  of  Modoc 
suckers,  277-284 

Sablefish:   DDT  residues,  22-26 

Sagehen  Creek:  site  of  coyote  food 
habits  study,  4-12  ;  study  of  life  his- 
tory of  Piute  sculpin,  2S5-290 

Salinity:  tolerance  by  pileworm,  152- 
154 

Salmon:  study  of  predation  by  sea  lions. 
37    13 

S.ilton  Sea:  ovarian  cycling  of  Iongjaw 
goby,  "><i  57  :  study  of  salinity  stress 
on  fish  eggs  and  larvae,  os  <»6:  tests 
on  pileworm  tolerance  of  salinity. 
1 52  -154 

San  Cleniente  Island:  survival  of 
Guadalupde  cardinalfish,  68-69 

Sanddab,   Pacific:   DDT  residues,  22-26 

Sardine.  Pacific:  subpopulation  study. 
296-  ::i  I 

S.-iruo:  effect  of  salinity  on  eggs  and 
larvae,  58  66 

Scorpionfish,  California:  reoccurrence  in 
Monterej    Bay,   238-239 

Seal]. in.  Piute:    life  history.  285-290 

Seaperch,  pink:  host  for  parasitic 
copepod,  323-325 

Seaperch.  rubberlip:  southern  range 
record,  28 


INDEX 


339 


Sea  perch,     sharpnose:     southern     range 

records     and     notes     on     population 

resurgence,  2S-31 
Sea    urchin:    in    association   with    acorn 

barnacles,  321-323 
Shad,     threadfin :     trawl     designed     for 

catching.  268-276 
Shark,   swell:    population  differences  off 

California  and  Baja  California,  191- 

197 
Sheep:  as  food  for  coyotes,  7 
Snailfish    blacktail:     case    of    symbiosis 

with  box  crab.  239-24(1 
Sole,  butter:  case  of  reversal.  244.  245 
Sole,  Dover:  tailless  specimens  taken  off 

Oregon,  147-148 
Sole.  English:  DDT  residues.  22-26 
Sole,  petrale:  DDT  residues,  22-26 
Spawning:    of    striped    mullet    at    sea, 

246-248 
Stress,  salinity:  on  Salton  Sea  fish  eggs 

and  larvae,  58-66 
Sunfish:  fishery  at  Folsom  Lake,  84 
Sturgeon,  green:   migration,  102-106 
Sturgeon,    white:     migration,    102-106; 

population  in  Sacramento-San 

Joaquin   estuary,   94-101 
Sucker,    Modoc:    morphology,    variation, 

feeding   adaptations,   277-284 
Surfperch:     pesticide     toxicity     studies, 

127-132 
Surfperch.       silver:       southern       range 

records,  27 
Surfperch,    spotfin:    host    for    parasitic 

copepod,  323-325 


Survey:  1970  California  condor  popula- 
tion, 67-68 

Survival:  of  Guadalupe  cardinalfish  at 
San  Clemente  Island.  68-69;  of  two 
domestic  trout  strains  at  Lake  Ber- 
ry essa,  44-49 

Survival  rates:  of  largeniouth  bass  at 
Merle  Collins  Reservoir,  221-230 

Symbiosis:  between  blacktail  snailfish 
and  box  crab,  239-240 

Tagging:  of  largemoufh  bass  at  Merle 
Collins  Reservoir.  145-147;  to  deter- 
mine sturgeon  migration.  102-106;  to 
determine  white  sturgeon  populations, 
94-101 

Telemetry:  use  in  studying  kit  foxes. 
165;  use  in  studying  Mineral  King 
deer,  138-140 

Toxicity:  of  organochlorines  to  surf- 
perch, 127-132 

Trap:  for  aquatic  invertebrates,  149- 
152 

Trawl,  midwater:  for  threadfin  shad, 
design  and  operation.  268  276 

Trinidad  Bay:  intertidal  fishes,  315-320 

Trout,  rainbow:  fishery  at  Folsom  Lake, 
85 ;  performance  of  two  domestic 
strains  at  Lake  Berryessa,  44—49 

Trout,  steelhead:  characteristics  of  fall- 
run  in  Klamath  River,  204-220 

Tii i ut:  winter  food  habits  in  high  eleva- 
tion Sierra  lakes.  231-237 

Vegetable  matter:  in  coyote  food  habits, 
9,  11 


83609  —  800     7-72 


printed  in  California  office  of  state  fkintinc 
5,300 


Notice  is  hereby  given  that  the  Fish  and  Game  Commission  shall  meet  on 
October  6,  1972,  at  9:00  a.m.,  in  the  Auditorium  of  the  Resources  Building, 
1416  Ninth  Street,  Sacramento,  California,  to  receive  recommendations  from 
its  own  officers  and  employees,  from  the  Department  and  other  public  agen- 
cies, from  organizations  of  private  citizens,  and  from  any  interested  groups 
as  to  what,  if  any,  regulations  should  be  made  relating  to  fish,  amphibia,  and 
reptiles,  or  any  species  or  subspecies  thereof. 

Notice  is  hereby  given  that  the  Fish  and  Game  Commission  shall  meet  at  9:00 
a.m.,  on  November  3,  1972,  in  the  Board  of  Supervisors'  Chambers,  County 
Courthouse,  Redding,  California,  for  public  discussion  of  and  presentation  of 
objections  to  the  proposals  presented  to  the  Commission  on  October  6,  1972, 
and  after  considering  such  discussion  and  objections,  the  Commission,  at  this 
meeting,  shall  announce  the  regulations  which  it  proposes  to  make  relating  to 
fish,  amphibia  and  reptiles. 

Notice  is  hereby  given  that  the  Fish  and  Game  Commission  shall  meet  on 
December  8,  1972,  at  9:00  a.m.  in  Room  1138  of  the  New  State  Building,  107 

5.  Broadway,  Los  Angeles,  California,  to  hear  and  consider  any  objections 
to  its  determinations  or  proposed  orders  in  relation  to  fish,  amphibia  and 
reptiles  or  any  species  or  subspecies  thereof  for  the  1973  sport  fishing  season, 
such  determinations  and  orders  resulting  from  the  hearings  held  on  October 

6,  1972  and  November  3,  1972. 

FISH  AND  GAME  COMMISSION 

Leslie  F.  Edgerton 
Executive  Secretary 


3 


8  z 
S3 


^ 

m   S 
S:  > 


■<  *   J 


•5 
3 


2  *    r—  _ 
<    ■»     —    3D 

P  s 

I: 

M 

r  o 

85 


25  so 

=  5 

s 

n 
© 

z 

H 

n 

M 
D